1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
37 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
39 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
40 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
42 % for customized page headers/footers
43 % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
45 % change header rule width
46 \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
48 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
49 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
50 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
52 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
54 \options refpage,intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
55 \use_default_options false
60 \maintain_unincluded_children false
62 \language_package default
67 \font_typewriter default
68 \font_default_family default
69 \use_non_tex_fonts false
76 \default_output_format default
78 \bibtex_command default
79 \index_command default
83 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
84 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
88 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
89 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
90 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
95 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
96 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
106 \paperorientation portrait
109 \notefontcolor #0000ff
126 \paragraph_separation indent
127 \paragraph_indentation default
128 \quotes_language english
131 \paperpagestyle default
132 \tracking_changes false
133 \output_changes false
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
152 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
154 \begin_inset CommandInset href
156 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
167 \begin_inset Newline newline
171 \begin_inset Newline newline
175 \begin_inset Note Note
178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
179 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
180 \begin_inset Newline newline
185 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
193 \begin_layout Standard
194 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
195 LatexCommand tableofcontents
202 \begin_layout Chapter
206 \begin_layout Section
210 \begin_layout Standard
211 LyX is a document preparation system.
212 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
213 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
214 It is unlike most other
215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
222 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
224 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
237 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
240 pt type, left justified, 5
241 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
249 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
253 \begin_layout Standard
254 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
267 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
271 \begin_layout Standard
273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
284 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
285 the format of all of the manuals.
286 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
287 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
304 \begin_layout Section
308 \begin_layout Standard
309 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
311 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
312 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
316 \begin_layout Standard
317 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
318 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
319 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
321 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
322 only a vertical scrollbar.
323 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
324 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
325 This, however, is due
326 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
327 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
328 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
329 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
331 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
332 this doesn't work for equations yet.
335 \begin_layout Standard
336 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
342 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
344 reference "chap:The-User-Interface"
349 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
350 ing sections of this documentation.
353 \begin_layout Section
357 \begin_layout Standard
358 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
363 of the manuals from inside LyX.
364 Just select the manual you want read from the
371 \begin_layout Section
373 \begin_inset CommandInset label
375 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
382 \begin_layout Standard
383 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
384 without resorting to configuration files.
385 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
386 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
387 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
392 \begin_inset Index idx
395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
402 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
403 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
404 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
408 \begin_inset space \space{}
411 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
412 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
414 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
418 \begin_inset Index idx
421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
422 Reconfiguration of LyX
427 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
430 \begin_layout Section
432 \begin_inset CommandInset label
434 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
441 \begin_layout Standard
442 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
443 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
445 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
446 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
450 \begin_layout Standard
451 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
453 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
454 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
457 \begin_layout Standard
458 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
459 you can view from the menu
461 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
480 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
481 reconfigure LyX (menu
483 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
487 \begin_inset Note Note
490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
491 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
499 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
500 More about TeX Code is described in section
505 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
507 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
511 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
518 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
528 \begin_inset Index idx
531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
532 Reconfiguration of LyX
537 See section 5.1 of the
541 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
544 \begin_layout Chapter
548 \begin_layout Section
549 Basic File Operations
550 \begin_inset Index idx
553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
562 \begin_layout Standard
567 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
568 in addition to some more advanced operations:
571 \begin_layout Itemize
583 \begin_layout Itemize
601 \begin_layout Itemize
613 \begin_layout Itemize
619 \begin_layout Itemize
631 \begin_layout Itemize
641 \begin_layout Itemize
655 \begin_layout Itemize
665 \begin_layout Itemize
671 \begin_layout Itemize
677 \begin_layout Itemize
683 arg "dialog-show print"
689 \begin_layout Itemize
695 \begin_layout Standard
696 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
697 a few minor differences.
700 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
715 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
716 you for a template to use.
717 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
718 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
719 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
725 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
727 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
734 \begin_layout Standard
735 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
767 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
768 space is just that — a big, blank space.
776 \begin_layout Standard
797 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
802 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
827 will reload the document from disk.
828 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
829 and want to restore it to the last save.
838 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
839 can identify them as your changes.
842 \begin_layout Section
843 Basic Editing Features
844 \begin_inset Index idx
847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
854 \begin_inset CommandInset label
856 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
863 \begin_layout Standard
864 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
865 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
866 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
867 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
869 We will start with cut and paste.
872 \begin_layout Standard
873 As you might expect, the
877 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
878 various other editing features.
879 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
883 \begin_layout Itemize
897 \begin_layout Itemize
911 \begin_layout Itemize
925 \begin_layout Itemize
935 \begin_layout Itemize
945 \begin_layout Itemize
961 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
967 \begin_layout Standard
968 The first three are self-explanatory.
969 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you have selected,
970 it is automatically placed in the clipboard.
979 keys also function as the
984 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
985 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
990 to get back the lost text.
993 \begin_layout Standard
994 \begin_inset Index idx
997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1003 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1007 \begin_inset space ~
1012 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1015 \begin_layout Standard
1018 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1020 \begin_inset space ~
1023 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1025 \begin_inset space ~
1029 \begin_inset space ~
1034 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1040 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1044 \begin_inset space ~
1049 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1050 will start a new paragraph.
1053 \begin_layout Standard
1054 \begin_inset Index idx
1057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1064 \begin_inset Index idx
1067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1075 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1077 \begin_inset space ~
1081 \begin_inset space ~
1089 \begin_inset space ~
1093 \begin_inset space ~
1099 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1104 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1107 \begin_inset space ~
1116 \begin_inset space ~
1121 button to skip the current word.
1125 \begin_inset space ~
1130 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1134 \begin_inset space ~
1139 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1141 If the toggle is set, searching for
1142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1153 will not match the word
1154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1168 Match whole words only
1170 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1171 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1199 LyX offers also an advanced
1202 \begin_inset space ~
1206 \begin_inset space ~
1211 feature that is described in sec.
1212 \begin_inset space ~
1216 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1218 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1225 \begin_layout Standard
1226 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1227 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1229 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1234 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1241 \begin_layout Standard
1242 The content of an inset is selected using the shortcut
1245 arg "inset-select-all"
1251 arg "command-sequence buffer-begin ; buffer-end-select"
1254 selects the whole document.
1257 \begin_layout Section
1259 \begin_inset Index idx
1262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1269 \begin_inset Index idx
1272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1279 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1281 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1288 \begin_layout Standard
1289 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1290 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1293 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1296 or the toolbar button
1302 to undo some mistake.
1303 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1305 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1308 or the toolbar button
1315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1322 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1323 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1326 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1329 \begin_layout Standard
1330 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1339 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1340 This is a consequence of the 100
1341 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1344 step undo limit, above.
1347 \begin_layout Standard
1356 work on almost everything in LyX.
1357 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1361 \begin_layout Section
1363 \begin_inset Index idx
1366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1375 \begin_layout Standard
1376 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1379 \begin_layout Enumerate
1384 \begin_layout Itemize
1389 once anywhere in the edit window.
1390 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1394 \begin_layout Enumerate
1399 \begin_layout Itemize
1405 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1408 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1411 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1414 \begin_layout Itemize
1415 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1417 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1424 \begin_layout Enumerate
1425 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1429 \begin_layout Standard
1430 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1431 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1435 \begin_layout Section
1437 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1439 name "sec:Navigating"
1444 \begin_inset Index idx
1447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1456 \begin_layout Standard
1457 LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1460 \begin_layout Itemize
1465 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1466 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1469 \begin_layout Itemize
1470 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1472 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1475 or by the toolbar button
1478 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1484 \begin_layout Itemize
1485 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1487 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1490 and use the same menu to return to them.
1491 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1494 \begin_layout Standard
1498 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1503 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1504 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1507 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1508 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1509 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1510 your last editing position.
1513 \begin_layout Subsection
1517 \begin_layout Standard
1518 The Outline was known in earlier versions of LyX as the
1519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1526 , since its original purpose was to display the document's table of contents.
1527 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1528 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1529 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1530 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1532 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1533 LatexCommand formatted
1534 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1538 ), or notes, or citations (see
1539 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1540 LatexCommand formatted
1541 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1546 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1548 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1549 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1550 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1551 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1553 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1554 LatexCommand formatted
1555 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1559 ), or notes, or of citations (see
1560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1561 LatexCommand formatted
1562 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1567 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1571 \begin_layout Standard
1572 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
1573 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1574 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1575 dialog and to modify the citation.
1576 Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
1580 \begin_layout Standard
1581 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1583 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1584 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1592 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1595 \begin_layout Standard
1596 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1597 you further to control the display.
1602 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1603 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1608 option keeps it in the current view state.
1609 Keeping means that when you have e.
1610 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1614 \begin_inset space \space{}
1617 the subsections of section
1618 \begin_inset space ~
1621 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1622 \begin_inset space ~
1625 3, the subsections of section
1626 \begin_inset space ~
1629 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1634 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1635 \begin_inset space ~
1639 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1645 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1649 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1652 \begin_layout Standard
1654 \begin_inset space ~
1658 \begin_inset Graphics
1659 filename ../images/reload.png
1664 \begin_inset space ~
1667 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1668 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1671 \begin_inset space \space{}
1675 \begin_inset Graphics
1676 filename ../images/down.png
1678 groupId toolbarbuttons
1683 \begin_inset space ~
1687 \begin_inset space \space{}
1691 \begin_inset Graphics
1692 filename ../images/up.png
1694 groupId toolbarbuttons
1699 \begin_inset space ~
1702 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1703 So, for example, you can move section
1704 \begin_inset space ~
1708 \begin_inset space ~
1711 2.4 or after section
1712 \begin_inset space ~
1716 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1718 \begin_inset Graphics
1719 filename ../images/promote.png
1721 groupId toolbarbuttons
1726 \begin_inset Graphics
1727 filename ../images/demote.png
1729 groupId toolbarbuttons
1733 (or the corresponding key bindings
1741 ) you can change the level of sections.
1742 So you can for example make section
1743 \begin_inset space ~
1747 \begin_inset space ~
1751 \begin_inset space ~
1757 \begin_layout Section
1758 Input / Word Completion
1759 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1761 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1766 \begin_inset Index idx
1769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1776 \begin_inset Index idx
1779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1810 \begin_layout Standard
1811 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1813 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1814 is used to propose completions.
1817 \begin_layout Standard
1818 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1819 there are completions available.
1820 You can then press the
1824 key to use this completion.
1825 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1826 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1827 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1834 \begin_layout Standard
1835 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1837 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1840 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1842 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1845 by deselecting the option
1848 \begin_inset space ~
1857 \begin_inset space ~
1861 \begin_inset space ~
1866 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1867 To accept this proposal, use the
1876 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1877 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1879 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1883 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1885 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1892 \begin_layout Section
1894 \begin_inset Index idx
1897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1904 \begin_inset Index idx
1907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1936 \begin_inset Index idx
1939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1970 \begin_layout Standard
1971 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1972 LyX's default is CUA.
1975 \begin_layout Standard
1979 \begin_inset space ~
1987 \begin_inset space ~
2008 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
2012 \begin_layout Labeling
2013 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2017 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2018 LatexCommand nomenclature
2020 description "Tabulator key"
2026 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
2027 If you do not understand this, go read sections
2028 \begin_inset space ~
2032 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2034 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2039 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2041 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2045 , especially section
2046 \begin_inset space ~
2050 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2052 reference "sub:Lists"
2058 If you're still confused, look in the
2065 \begin_layout Labeling
2066 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2070 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2071 LatexCommand nomenclature
2073 description "Escape key"
2080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2087 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
2088 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2091 \begin_layout Labeling
2092 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2098 \begin_inset space ~
2102 \begin_inset space ~
2109 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2110 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2114 \begin_layout Standard
2115 There are three modifier keys:
2118 \begin_layout Labeling
2119 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2137 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2138 LatexCommand nomenclature
2140 description "Control key"
2144 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2145 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2149 \begin_layout Itemize
2158 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2161 \begin_layout Itemize
2170 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2173 \begin_layout Itemize
2182 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2186 \begin_layout Labeling
2187 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2205 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2206 LatexCommand nomenclature
2208 description "Shift key"
2212 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2213 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2216 \begin_layout Labeling
2217 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2235 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2236 LatexCommand nomenclature
2238 description "Alt or Meta key"
2242 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2243 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2244 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2250 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2252 menu accelerator keys
2255 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2256 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2260 \begin_layout Standard
2261 For example, the sequence
2262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2268 \begin_inset space ~
2272 \begin_inset space ~
2278 \begin_inset space ~
2286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2305 \begin_inset space ~
2311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2321 \begin_layout Standard
2326 manual lists all other things bound to the
2334 \begin_layout Standard
2335 You will learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use
2336 LyX, because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar
2337 at the bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action,
2338 you've just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
2339 The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
2340 The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
2341 in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
2343 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2344 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2359 followed by a capital
2366 \begin_layout Standard
2367 You can list or change the key bindings in the menu
2369 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2374 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2377 as explained in sec.
2378 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2382 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2384 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2391 \begin_layout Chapter
2393 \begin_inset Index idx
2396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2405 \begin_layout Section
2407 \begin_inset Index idx
2410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2419 \begin_layout Subsection
2423 \begin_layout Standard
2424 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2425 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2426 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2427 numbering schemes, and so on.
2428 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2429 and format the title of your document differently.
2432 \begin_layout Standard
2437 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2438 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2439 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2440 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2441 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2444 \begin_layout Standard
2445 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2446 how to adjust their properties.
2449 \begin_layout Subsection
2451 \begin_inset Index idx
2454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2461 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2463 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2470 \begin_layout Standard
2471 You can select a class using the
2473 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2474 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2478 \begin_inset Index idx
2481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2488 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2492 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2496 \begin_layout Standard
2497 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2501 \begin_layout Description
2502 Article for basic articles
2505 \begin_layout Description
2506 Report for basic reports
2509 \begin_layout Description
2510 Book for writing a book
2513 \begin_layout Description
2514 Letter for US-style letters
2517 \begin_layout Standard
2518 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2519 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2520 will include many of these.
2521 Here are some of the classes.
2522 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2524 Special Document Classes
2533 \begin_layout Description
2534 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2537 \begin_layout Description
2538 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2542 \begin_layout Description
2543 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2547 \begin_layout Description
2548 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2549 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2550 There are three article layouts available.
2551 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2552 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2553 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2554 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2559 sequential numbering
2560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2563 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2564 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2565 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2566 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2569 \begin_layout Description
2570 Beamer Layout for presentations
2573 \begin_layout Description
2574 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2575 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2579 \begin_layout Description
2580 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2583 \begin_layout Description
2585 \begin_inset space ~
2588 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2591 \begin_layout Description
2592 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2595 \begin_layout Description
2596 Foils Used to make transparencies
2599 \begin_layout Description
2600 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2601 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2605 \begin_layout Description
2606 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2607 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2610 \begin_layout Description
2611 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2614 \begin_layout Description
2615 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2618 \begin_layout Description
2619 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2620 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2621 (Is used by this document.)
2624 \begin_layout Description
2625 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2628 \begin_layout Description
2629 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2632 \begin_layout Description
2637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2644 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2645 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2647 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2650 \begin_layout Description
2651 Slides Used to make transparencies
2654 \begin_layout Description
2656 \begin_inset space ~
2659 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2660 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2663 \begin_layout Description
2664 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2667 \begin_layout Standard
2668 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2670 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2676 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2677 of the document classes.
2680 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2684 \begin_layout Standard
2685 You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under
2687 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2688 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2690 \begin_inset Index idx
2693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2710 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning
2711 saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are
2713 So it may seem that something is wrong.
2716 \begin_layout Standard
2718 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2719 and some of them, like
2723 , are highly specialized.
2724 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
2725 and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing
2727 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2728 by some document class.
2729 There are just too many of them.
2730 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2733 \begin_layout Standard
2734 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2742 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2743 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2744 document class for a new file.
2745 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2750 Installing new LaTeX files
2751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2758 manual for information on how to install them.
2759 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2765 \begin_layout Standard
2766 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2767 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2769 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2770 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2771 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2773 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2776 \begin_inset space ~
2783 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2786 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2788 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2795 \begin_inset Index idx
2798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2807 \begin_layout Standard
2808 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2809 chosen document class.
2810 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2811 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2818 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2822 \begin_inset Index idx
2825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2832 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
2836 \begin_layout Standard
2837 Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
2838 always installed by default.
2839 LyX will warn you if you do not have a needed package or converter, and
2840 it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
2841 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2842 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2843 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites.
2844 If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
2845 install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2848 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2852 \begin_inset Index idx
2855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2856 Reconfiguration of LyX
2862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2865 Installing new LaTeX files
2866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2873 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2876 \begin_layout Standard
2877 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2885 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2886 LyX will advise you about these things.
2894 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2896 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2898 name "sub:Local-Layout"
2903 \begin_inset Index idx
2906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2907 Document ! Local Layout
2915 \begin_layout Standard
2916 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
2917 used in a variety of different documents.
2918 If you often find yourself needing the same sort of thing in different
2919 documents, you should consider writing a module for this purpose.
2920 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, but you
2921 need a specific inset or character style only that one time.
2922 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
2923 What you want is LyX's
2924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2940 manual for information on how to use it.
2943 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2947 \begin_layout Standard
2948 Each class has a default set of options.
2949 Here's a quick table describing them:
2952 \begin_layout Standard
2953 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2959 \begin_layout Standard
2961 \begin_inset Tabular
2962 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2963 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2964 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2965 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2966 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2967 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2968 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3422 \begin_layout Standard
3423 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3429 \begin_layout Standard
3430 You're probably also wondering what
3431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3435 \begin_inset space ~
3439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3443 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3444 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3449 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3454 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3464 headings, there are also
3472 headings, and so on.
3473 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3474 \begin_inset space ~
3478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3480 reference "sub:Headings"
3487 \begin_layout Subsection
3489 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3491 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3496 \begin_inset Index idx
3499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3508 \begin_inset Index idx
3511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3520 \begin_layout Standard
3521 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3523 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3530 \begin_inset space ~
3538 \begin_inset space ~
3543 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3545 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3546 to use for your document.
3547 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3551 \begin_layout Standard
3558 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3564 \begin_inset space ~
3569 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3570 You can choose between the following five options:
3573 \begin_layout Labeling
3574 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3579 Use default page style of current class.
3582 \begin_layout Labeling
3583 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3588 No page numbers or headings.
3591 \begin_layout Labeling
3592 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3600 \begin_layout Labeling
3601 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3606 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3607 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3608 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3611 \begin_layout Labeling
3612 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3617 This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you
3618 have the LaTeX-package
3623 \begin_inset Index idx
3626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3627 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3633 How they are defined is explained in section
3634 \begin_inset space ~
3638 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3640 reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
3647 \begin_layout Standard
3648 The separation of paragraphs is described in section
3649 \begin_inset space ~
3653 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3655 reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3662 \begin_layout Subsection
3663 Paper Size and Orientation
3664 \begin_inset Index idx
3667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3668 Document ! Paper size
3674 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3676 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
3683 \begin_layout Standard
3684 You find the following options in the menu
3687 \begin_inset space ~
3694 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3700 \begin_inset Index idx
3703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3712 \begin_layout Labeling
3713 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3717 \begin_inset space ~
3722 What size paper to print on.
3727 \begin_layout Itemize
3733 \begin_layout Itemize
3739 \begin_layout Itemize
3745 \begin_layout Itemize
3751 \begin_layout Itemize
3754 US letter, US legal, US executive
3757 \begin_layout Itemize
3763 \begin_layout Itemize
3770 \begin_layout Labeling
3771 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3776 To choose whether to output as
3787 \begin_layout Labeling
3788 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3792 \begin_inset space ~
3797 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3798 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3801 \begin_layout Subsection
3803 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3810 \begin_inset Index idx
3813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3820 \begin_inset Index idx
3823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3832 \begin_layout Standard
3833 Paper margins are set in the menu
3835 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3839 \begin_inset Index idx
3842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3851 \begin_layout Standard
3852 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3853 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the print space automatically by taking
3854 the paper format and the font size into account.
3857 \begin_layout Subsection
3861 \begin_layout Standard
3862 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3867 That includes the paragraph environments.
3868 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3869 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3870 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3871 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3880 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3882 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3883 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3884 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3887 \begin_layout Section
3888 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3889 \begin_inset Index idx
3892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3893 Paragraph ! Indentation
3901 \begin_layout Subsection
3903 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3905 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3912 \begin_layout Standard
3913 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3914 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3917 \begin_layout Standard
3918 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3919 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3920 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3921 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3925 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3931 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3932 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3933 language than English.
3934 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3937 \begin_layout Standard
3938 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3939 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3941 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3942 LyX takes care of that.
3943 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3945 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3946 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3947 of a page, and so on.
3951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3952 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3957 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3958 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3962 of these pre-coded spacings.
3963 We will explain more later.
3966 \begin_layout Subsection
3967 Paragraph Separation
3968 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3970 name "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3975 \begin_inset Index idx
3978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3979 Paragraph ! Separation
3987 \begin_layout Standard
3988 To separate paragraphs, select
3999 \begin_inset space ~
4006 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4010 \begin_inset Index idx
4013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4019 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4022 \begin_layout Subsection
4026 \begin_layout Standard
4027 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4030 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4032 \begin_inset space ~
4037 dialog and toggle the
4040 \begin_inset space ~
4045 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4048 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4052 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4053 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4057 \begin_layout Standard
4058 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4059 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4062 \begin_layout Subsection
4064 \begin_inset Index idx
4067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4068 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4076 \begin_layout Standard
4079 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4083 \begin_inset Index idx
4086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4095 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4098 \begin_inset space ~
4107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4108 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4113 \begin_inset Index idx
4116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4117 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4122 installed to use this feature.
4130 \begin_layout Section
4131 Paragraph Environments
4132 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4134 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4139 \begin_inset Index idx
4142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4143 Paragraph ! Environments
4149 \begin_inset Index idx
4152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4153 Paragraph environments|(
4161 \begin_layout Subsection
4165 \begin_layout Standard
4166 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4169 \begin_layout Standard
4188 \begin_inset Newline newline
4191 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4192 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4193 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4202 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4205 \begin_layout Standard
4206 A paragraph environment is simply a
4207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4214 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4215 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4216 scheme, labels, and so on.
4217 Additionally, you can
4218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4225 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4226 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4227 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4228 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4229 days of typewriters.
4230 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4232 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4235 \begin_layout Standard
4236 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4237 \begin_inset Graphics
4238 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4244 at the left end of the toolbar.
4245 LyX will change the environment of the
4249 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4250 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4251 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4255 \begin_layout Standard
4264 create a new paragraph using the
4268 paragraph environment.
4270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4277 because if you are in one of these environments:
4280 \begin_layout Itemize
4286 \begin_layout Itemize
4292 \begin_layout Itemize
4298 \begin_layout Itemize
4304 \begin_layout Itemize
4310 \begin_layout Itemize
4316 \begin_layout Itemize
4322 \begin_layout Standard
4323 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4327 , rather than resetting it to
4332 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4333 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4334 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4335 \begin_inset space ~
4339 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4341 reference "sec:Nesting"
4346 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4351 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4352 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4356 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4362 \begin_layout Subsection
4366 \begin_layout Standard
4367 The default paragraph environment is
4372 It creates a plain paragraph.
4373 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4374 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4375 this manual) are in the
4382 \begin_layout Standard
4383 You can nest a paragraph using the
4387 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4395 \begin_layout Subsection
4397 \begin_inset Index idx
4400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4409 \begin_layout Standard
4410 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4419 for thanks or contact information.
4420 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4421 page along with today's date.
4422 For other types of documents, the title
4423 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4430 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4434 \begin_layout Standard
4435 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4449 Here's how you use them:
4452 \begin_layout Itemize
4453 Put the title of your document in the
4460 \begin_layout Itemize
4461 Put the author name in the
4468 \begin_layout Itemize
4469 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4470 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4476 Note that using this environment is optional.
4477 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4478 If you don't want any date, add the line
4479 \begin_inset Newline newline
4489 \begin_inset Newline newline
4492 to the preamble of your document (menu
4494 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4500 \begin_layout Standard
4501 You can use footnotes to insert
4502 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4509 or contact information.
4512 \begin_layout Subsection
4514 \begin_inset Index idx
4517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4524 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4533 \begin_layout Standard
4534 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4535 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4538 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4540 \begin_inset Index idx
4543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4544 Section headings ! Numbered
4552 \begin_layout Standard
4553 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4557 \begin_layout Enumerate
4563 \begin_layout Enumerate
4569 \begin_layout Enumerate
4575 \begin_layout Enumerate
4581 \begin_layout Enumerate
4587 \begin_layout Enumerate
4593 \begin_layout Enumerate
4599 \begin_layout Standard
4600 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4601 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4602 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4605 \begin_layout Standard
4606 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4607 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4608 You group the book into chapters.
4609 LyX does similar grouping:
4612 \begin_layout Itemize
4617 is divided in either
4628 \begin_layout Itemize
4640 \begin_layout Itemize
4652 \begin_layout Itemize
4664 \begin_layout Itemize
4676 \begin_layout Itemize
4688 \begin_layout Standard
4689 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4697 Not all document types use the
4701 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4706 is the top-level heading.
4714 \begin_layout Standard
4719 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4720 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4722 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4734 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4736 \begin_inset Index idx
4739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4740 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4748 \begin_layout Standard
4749 The unnumbered section headings have a
4750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4757 at the end of their name.
4758 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in
4759 the table of contents, see section
4760 \begin_inset space ~
4764 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4773 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4774 Changing the Numbering
4775 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4777 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4784 \begin_layout Standard
4785 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4786 in the Table of Contents.
4787 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4789 Certain classes start with
4803 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4813 This is something you can change.
4816 \begin_layout Standard
4819 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4825 \begin_inset Index idx
4828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4839 \begin_inset space ~
4843 \begin_inset space ~
4848 you'll see two counters.
4853 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4855 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4859 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4860 Short Titles of Headings
4861 \begin_inset Index idx
4864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4865 Section headings ! Short titles
4871 \begin_inset Argument
4874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4881 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4883 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4890 \begin_layout Standard
4891 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4892 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4893 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4894 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4897 \begin_layout Standard
4898 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4899 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4900 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4901 To specify a short title, use the menu
4903 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4905 \begin_inset space ~
4911 This will insert a box labeled
4912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4927 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4928 This also works for captions inside floats.
4931 \begin_layout Standard
4932 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4935 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4939 \begin_layout Standard
4940 The following information applies to all section headings:
4943 \begin_layout Itemize
4944 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4947 \begin_layout Itemize
4948 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4951 \begin_layout Itemize
4952 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4955 \begin_layout Itemize
4956 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4959 \begin_layout Subsection
4960 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4963 \begin_layout Standard
4964 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4978 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4979 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4980 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4981 the text they contain.
4982 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4990 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4993 \begin_layout Standard
4994 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5003 when you start a new paragraph.
5004 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5008 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5009 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
5010 to change back to the
5014 environment yourself.
5017 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5027 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5034 \begin_inset Index idx
5037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5046 \begin_layout Standard
5047 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5048 time for the differences.
5057 are identical except for one difference:
5061 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5070 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5073 \begin_layout Standard
5074 Here's an example of the
5087 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5089 See – no indentation!
5093 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5094 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5095 the other paragraph.
5098 \begin_layout Standard
5099 Here's another example, this time in the
5106 \begin_layout Quotation
5112 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5113 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5114 the first line, then
5118 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5122 you were quoting other text.
5125 \begin_layout Quotation
5126 Here's a new paragraph.
5127 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5128 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5131 \begin_layout Standard
5132 As the examples show,
5136 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5137 They should put quotes in the
5142 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5146 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5149 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5155 \begin_inset Index idx
5158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5167 \begin_inset Index idx
5170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5177 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5186 \begin_layout Standard
5191 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5197 \begin_inset Newline newline
5200 Which I did not rehearse!
5204 It could be much worse.
5205 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5207 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5208 indented a bit more than the first.
5209 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5215 \begin_inset Newline newline
5218 And make things look fine
5219 \begin_inset Newline newline
5225 arg "newline-insert newline"
5231 \begin_layout Standard
5236 does not indent both margins.
5237 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5238 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5245 arg "newline-insert newline"
5251 \begin_layout Subsection
5253 \begin_inset Index idx
5256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5263 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5272 \begin_layout Standard
5273 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5283 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5292 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5293 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5294 some general features of all four of them.
5297 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5301 \begin_layout Standard
5302 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5304 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5313 reset the environment to
5317 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5318 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5319 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5323 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5326 to break paragraphs.
5329 \begin_layout Standard
5330 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5331 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5333 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5334 you read all of section
5335 \begin_inset space ~
5339 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5341 reference "sec:Nesting"
5349 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5355 \begin_inset Index idx
5358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5365 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5374 \begin_layout Standard
5375 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5379 paragraph environment.
5380 It has the following properties:
5383 \begin_layout Itemize
5384 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5388 \begin_layout Itemize
5389 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5392 \begin_layout Itemize
5393 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5397 \begin_layout Itemize
5398 The items can have any length.
5399 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5400 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5407 \begin_layout Itemize
5412 environment inside another
5416 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5420 \begin_layout Itemize
5421 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5424 \begin_layout Itemize
5425 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5428 \begin_layout Itemize
5430 \begin_inset space ~
5434 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5436 reference "sec:Nesting"
5440 for a full explanation of nesting.
5444 \begin_layout Standard
5445 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5454 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5457 \begin_layout Standard
5458 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5459 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5462 \begin_layout Itemize
5463 The label for the first level
5467 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5471 \begin_layout Itemize
5472 The label for the second level is a dash.
5476 \begin_layout Itemize
5477 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5481 \begin_layout Itemize
5482 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5486 \begin_layout Itemize
5487 Back out to the third level.
5491 \begin_layout Itemize
5492 Back to the second level.
5496 \begin_layout Itemize
5497 Back to the outermost level.
5500 \begin_layout Standard
5501 These are the default labels for an
5506 You can customize these labels in the
5508 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5511 dialog in the submenu
5518 \begin_inset Index idx
5521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5530 \begin_layout Standard
5531 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5532 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5534 \begin_inset space ~
5538 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5540 reference "sec:Nesting"
5547 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5553 \begin_inset Index idx
5556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5563 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5565 name "sec:Enumerate"
5572 \begin_layout Standard
5577 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5578 It has these properties:
5581 \begin_layout Enumerate
5582 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5586 \begin_layout Enumerate
5587 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5591 \begin_layout Enumerate
5592 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5595 \begin_layout Enumerate
5600 environment resets the counter to one.
5603 \begin_layout Enumerate
5616 \begin_layout Enumerate
5617 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5618 Items can have any length.
5621 \begin_layout Enumerate
5622 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5625 \begin_layout Enumerate
5626 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5629 \begin_layout Enumerate
5630 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5634 \begin_layout Standard
5643 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5644 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5651 \begin_layout Enumerate
5652 The first level of an
5656 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5660 \begin_layout Enumerate
5661 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5665 \begin_layout Enumerate
5666 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5670 \begin_layout Enumerate
5671 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5674 \begin_layout Enumerate
5675 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5680 \begin_layout Enumerate
5681 Back to the third level
5685 \begin_layout Enumerate
5686 Back to the second level.
5690 \begin_layout Enumerate
5691 Back to the outermost level.
5694 \begin_layout Standard
5695 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5700 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5705 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5709 \begin_layout Standard
5710 There is more to nesting
5714 environments than we've stated here.
5715 You should read section
5716 \begin_inset space ~
5720 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5722 reference "sec:Nesting"
5726 to learn more about nesting.
5729 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5735 \begin_inset Index idx
5738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5747 \begin_layout Standard
5748 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5752 list has no fixed label.
5753 Instead, LyX uses the first
5754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5761 of the first line as the label.
5765 \begin_layout Description
5766 Example: This is an example of the
5773 \begin_layout Standard
5774 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5778 \begin_layout Standard
5780 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5784 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5787 it is meant that the first hit of the
5791 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5793 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5801 arg "space-insert protected"
5806 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5807 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5809 \begin_inset space ~
5815 \begin_inset space ~
5819 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5821 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5825 for more info.) Here is an example:
5828 \begin_layout Description
5830 \begin_inset space ~
5833 Example: This one shows how to use a
5836 \begin_inset space ~
5848 \begin_layout Description
5849 Usage: You should use the
5853 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5854 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5856 It's not a good idea to use a
5860 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5861 You're better off using
5873 paragraphs into them.
5876 \begin_layout Description
5877 Nesting: You can nest
5881 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5885 \begin_layout Standard
5886 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5887 them from the first line.
5890 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5896 \begin_inset Index idx
5899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5908 \begin_layout Standard
5913 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5916 \begin_layout Standard
5917 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5925 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5930 environment is named
5942 \begin_layout Standard
5951 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5952 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5955 \begin_layout Labeling
5956 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5958 \begin_inset space ~
5961 labels LyX uses the first
5962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5969 of each line as the item label.
5974 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5975 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5976 blank as described above.
5979 \begin_layout Labeling
5980 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5981 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5982 the body of the item text.
5983 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5984 label width plus a little extra space.
5988 \begin_layout Labeling
5989 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5991 \begin_inset space ~
5994 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5996 If the label width is larger, the label
5997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6004 into the first line.
6005 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6006 margin of the rest of the item text.
6009 \begin_layout Labeling
6010 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6012 \begin_inset space ~
6015 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6020 environment have the same left margin.
6021 \begin_inset Newline newline
6024 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6027 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6029 \begin_inset space ~
6038 \begin_inset space ~
6043 determines the default label width.
6044 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6053 multiple times instead.
6054 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6063 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6066 \begin_inset space ~
6071 every time you alter a label in a
6076 \begin_inset Newline newline
6079 The predefined default width is the length of
6080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6089 \begin_inset Newline newline
6093 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6101 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6102 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6110 \begin_layout Standard
6115 environment the same way like the
6119 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6125 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6129 \begin_layout Standard
6134 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6136 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6138 \begin_inset space ~
6142 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6144 reference "sec:Nesting"
6148 to learn about nesting.
6151 \begin_layout Standard
6152 There is yet another feature of the
6156 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6158 You can use additional
6162 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6167 are documented in section
6168 \begin_inset space ~
6172 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6174 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6179 Here are some examples:
6180 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6186 \begin_layout Labeling
6187 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6188 Left The default for
6195 \begin_layout Labeling
6196 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6197 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6204 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6207 \begin_layout Labeling
6208 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6209 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6213 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6220 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6223 \begin_layout Subsection
6225 \begin_inset Index idx
6228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6237 \begin_layout Standard
6238 To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
6241 Customisable Lists (enumitem)
6243 in the document settings.
6244 This loads the features of the LaTeX-package
6249 \begin_inset Index idx
6252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6253 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6261 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6262 Custom Enumerate Lists
6263 \begin_inset Index idx
6266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6267 Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
6275 \begin_layout Standard
6277 The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
6280 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6283 ) to the first item of each level in the list.
6284 There you add the command
6287 \begin_layout Standard
6295 \begin_layout Standard
6296 in TeX Code (shortcut
6306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6307 For more about TeX Code, look at section
6308 \begin_inset space ~
6312 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6314 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
6327 is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
6334 outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
6335 For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
6348 For Arabic numerals use
6356 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6363 items with capital or small Latin letters use
6378 \begin_layout Standard
6380 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6388 You can only number 26
6389 \begin_inset space ~
6392 items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
6400 \begin_layout Standard
6401 To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
6402 by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
6405 \begin_layout Standard
6406 As example a list with custom numbering:
6409 \begin_layout Enumerate
6410 \begin_inset Argument
6413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6439 \begin_layout Enumerate
6440 \begin_inset Argument
6443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6466 \begin_layout Enumerate
6471 \begin_layout Enumerate
6472 \begin_inset Argument
6475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6499 \begin_layout Enumerate
6500 \begin_inset Argument
6503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6529 \begin_layout Standard
6530 For this list these commands were used:
6533 \begin_layout Standard
6544 \begin_inset Newline newline
6552 \begin_inset Newline newline
6560 \begin_inset Newline newline
6570 \begin_layout Standard
6577 makes the label emphasized and
6586 \begin_layout Standard
6587 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6595 When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
6596 lists until you change the definition.
6604 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6606 \begin_inset Index idx
6609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6610 Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
6618 \begin_layout Standard
6619 Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
6622 \begin_layout Enumerate
6623 \begin_inset Argument
6626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6645 \begin_inset Note Note
6648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6649 goes back to default numbering
6657 \begin_layout Enumerate
6661 \begin_layout Standard
6665 \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
6669 \begin_layout Standard
6670 To resume an enumeration, use the style
6675 Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
6676 list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
6679 \begin_layout Standard
6680 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6688 If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
6696 \begin_layout Standard
6697 Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the
6699 Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
6700 This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
6701 of a normal new enumeration.
6702 There insert the command
6705 \begin_layout Standard
6711 \begin_layout Standard
6716 is the number with which you want to resume the list.
6720 \begin_layout Enumerate
6724 \begin_layout Enumerate
6728 \begin_layout Standard
6729 Enumeration starting at a given value:
6732 \begin_layout Enumerate
6733 \begin_inset Argument
6736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6752 This enumeration starts at 4
6755 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6757 \begin_inset Index idx
6760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6769 \begin_layout Standard
6770 In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
6772 For example the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
6775 \begin_layout Itemize
6779 \begin_layout Itemize
6780 with standard spacing
6783 \begin_layout Standard
6784 You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
6786 There add the command
6790 to get no additional list space like in this example:
6793 \begin_layout Itemize
6794 \begin_inset Argument
6797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6816 \begin_layout Itemize
6820 \begin_layout Itemize
6824 \begin_layout Standard
6825 To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
6831 \begin_inset Index idx
6834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6835 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6841 For more info see its documentation,
6842 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6851 \begin_layout Standard
6852 There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
6854 Here is an example where the indentation was changed to the one of the
6855 paragraphs in the document and the label separation was set to 2
6856 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6859 cm so that the number is in the page margin:
6862 \begin_layout Enumerate
6863 \begin_inset Argument
6866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6874 parindent, labelsep=2cm
6887 \begin_layout Enumerate
6888 with negative indentation
6891 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6892 Further Customization
6893 \begin_inset Index idx
6896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6905 \begin_layout Standard
6906 You can also change the style of description lists.
6910 \begin_layout Standard
6916 \begin_layout Standard
6917 changes the description label font, the command
6920 \begin_layout Standard
6926 \begin_layout Standard
6927 sets the list style.
6930 \begin_layout Standard
6931 An example where the command
6934 \begin_layout Standard
6939 itshape, style=nextline
6942 \begin_layout Standard
6946 \begin_layout Description
6948 \begin_inset space ~
6952 \begin_inset Argument
6955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6961 labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
6963 itshape, style=nextline
6973 Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
6974 energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
6978 \begin_layout Description
6980 \begin_inset space ~
6983 counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
6984 the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
6985 object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
6988 \begin_layout Standard
6989 There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
6995 \begin_inset Index idx
6998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6999 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
7005 For more info see its documentation,
7006 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
7015 \begin_layout Subsection
7017 \begin_inset Index idx
7020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7029 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7037 \begin_inset space ~
7045 \begin_layout Standard
7046 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7054 \begin_inset space ~
7060 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7061 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7062 In contrast, you can use the
7069 \begin_inset space ~
7074 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7075 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7079 \begin_layout Standard
7080 Of course, you're not limited to using
7087 \begin_inset space ~
7096 \begin_inset space ~
7101 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7102 some European academic papers.
7105 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7107 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7109 name "sec:Address-Usage"
7116 \begin_layout Standard
7121 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7122 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7126 \begin_inset space ~
7131 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7132 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7133 Here's an example of each:
7136 \begin_layout Right Address
7138 \begin_inset Newline newline
7142 \begin_inset Newline newline
7146 \begin_inset Newline newline
7149 When is it? What is today?
7152 \begin_layout Standard
7156 \begin_inset space ~
7162 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7163 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7164 Here's an example of the
7171 \begin_layout Address
7173 \begin_inset Newline newline
7176 Where do I send this
7177 \begin_inset Newline newline
7180 Your post office and country
7183 \begin_layout Standard
7184 As you can see, both
7191 \begin_inset space ~
7196 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7201 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7207 This makes sense, since
7215 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7216 Thus, you have to use
7223 arg "newline-insert newline"
7229 \begin_inset space ~
7232 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7234 \begin_inset space ~
7243 menu) to start a new line in an
7250 \begin_inset space ~
7258 \begin_layout Subsection
7262 \begin_layout Standard
7263 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7264 or list of references.
7265 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7268 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7272 \begin_inset Index idx
7275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7284 \begin_layout Standard
7289 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7290 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7291 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7292 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7296 in anything else or vice versa.
7302 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
7303 The book document classes ignores the
7307 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7311 in a letter document class.
7314 \begin_layout Standard
7319 environment does several things for you.
7320 First, it puts the centered label
7321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7329 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7331 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7332 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7333 the subsequent text.
7334 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7335 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
7338 \begin_layout Standard
7339 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7343 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7344 The new paragraph will still be in the
7349 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7350 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7353 \begin_layout Standard
7354 \begin_inset Float figure
7359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7361 \begin_inset Graphics
7362 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
7369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7370 \begin_inset Caption
7372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7373 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7375 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7396 \begin_layout Standard
7397 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
7401 environment, but since this document is in the
7402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7409 class, we can't do this.
7410 We inserted it therefore as figure
7411 \begin_inset space ~
7415 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7417 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7422 If you've never heard of an
7423 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7430 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7433 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7439 \begin_inset Index idx
7442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7449 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7451 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
7458 \begin_layout Standard
7463 environment is used to list references.
7464 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7465 only use it at the end of the document.
7470 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
7473 \begin_layout Standard
7474 When you first open a
7478 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7494 depending on the document class.
7495 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7496 Each paragraph of the
7500 environment is a bibliography entry.
7505 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7506 Each new paragraph is still in the
7513 \begin_layout Standard
7514 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
7515 by using a BibTeX database.
7516 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
7517 phy handling, have a look at in section
7518 \begin_inset space ~
7522 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7524 reference "sec:Bibliography"
7531 \begin_layout Subsection
7535 \begin_inset Index idx
7538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7539 Paragraph ! LyX code
7545 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7554 \begin_layout Standard
7559 environment is another LyX extension.
7560 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7565 key as a fixed whitespace;
7569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7581 \begin_inset space ~
7586 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7591 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7592 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
7595 arg "newline-insert newline"
7612 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7613 So, when you finish using the
7617 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7618 Also, you can nest the
7622 environment inside of others.
7625 \begin_layout Standard
7626 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7629 \begin_layout Itemize
7633 arg "newline-insert newline"
7636 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
7637 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7641 \begin_inset space \space{}
7651 arg "newline-insert newline"
7657 \begin_layout Itemize
7661 arg "newline-insert newline"
7672 \begin_layout Itemize
7677 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7684 \begin_layout Itemize
7688 arg "space-insert protected"
7695 \begin_layout Itemize
7696 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7697 You must put at least one
7701 in any line you want blank.
7702 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7705 \begin_layout Itemize
7706 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7710 since that will insert
7715 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7718 arg "self-insert \""
7724 \begin_layout Standard
7728 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7732 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7736 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7740 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7744 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7745 printf("Hello World!
7750 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7754 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7758 \begin_layout Standard
7759 This is just the standard
7760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7771 \begin_layout Standard
7776 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7777 rc-files, and so on.
7778 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7779 as if you used a typewriter.
7780 \begin_inset Index idx
7783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7784 Paragraph environments|)
7789 For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described
7792 Program Code Listings
7797 \begin_inset space ~
7805 \begin_layout Section
7806 Nesting Environments
7807 \begin_inset Index idx
7810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7811 Nesting ! Environments
7817 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7826 \begin_layout Subsection
7830 \begin_layout Standard
7831 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7833 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7835 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7837 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7843 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7849 \begin_layout Enumerate
7853 \begin_layout Enumerate
7858 \begin_layout Enumerate
7862 \begin_layout Enumerate
7867 \begin_layout Enumerate
7871 \begin_layout Standard
7872 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7873 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7876 \begin_inset space ~
7880 \begin_inset space ~
7888 \begin_inset space ~
7892 \begin_inset space ~
7901 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7902 will tell you how far you are nested).
7903 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7906 arg "depth-increment"
7912 arg "depth-decrement"
7915 or the convenient key bindings
7926 arg "depth-increment"
7932 arg "depth-decrement"
7935 to change the nesting level.
7936 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7937 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7941 \begin_layout Standard
7942 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7943 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7944 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7945 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7948 \begin_layout Standard
7949 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7950 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7952 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7955 \begin_layout Subsection
7956 What You Can and Can't Nest
7959 \begin_layout Standard
7960 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7961 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7964 \begin_layout Standard
7965 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7966 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7967 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7970 \begin_layout Itemize
7971 Completely unnestable
7974 \begin_layout Itemize
7975 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7979 \begin_layout Itemize
7980 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7984 \begin_layout Standard
7985 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7986 environments have them:
7989 \begin_layout Description
7990 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7991 Can't nest into them.
7995 \begin_layout Itemize
8001 \begin_layout Itemize
8007 \begin_layout Itemize
8013 \begin_layout Itemize
8019 \begin_layout Itemize
8026 \begin_layout Description
8028 \begin_inset space ~
8031 Nestable You can nest them.
8032 You can nest other things into them.
8036 \begin_layout Itemize
8042 \begin_layout Itemize
8048 \begin_layout Itemize
8054 \begin_layout Itemize
8060 \begin_layout Itemize
8066 \begin_layout Itemize
8072 \begin_layout Itemize
8078 \begin_layout Itemize
8085 \begin_layout Description
8086 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
8087 You can't nest anything into them.
8091 \begin_layout Itemize
8097 \begin_layout Itemize
8103 \begin_layout Itemize
8109 \begin_layout Itemize
8115 \begin_layout Itemize
8121 \begin_layout Itemize
8127 \begin_layout Itemize
8133 \begin_layout Itemize
8139 \begin_layout Itemize
8145 \begin_layout Itemize
8151 \begin_layout Itemize
8157 \begin_layout Itemize
8163 \begin_layout Itemize
8169 \begin_layout Itemize
8173 \begin_inset space ~
8179 \begin_layout Itemize
8186 \begin_layout Standard
8187 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8195 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
8204 \begin_inset space ~
8208 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8212 \begin_inset space \space{}
8215 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
8216 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
8217 section headings violate this.
8225 \begin_layout Subsection
8226 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8227 \begin_inset Index idx
8230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8231 Nesting ! Tables etc.
8239 \begin_layout Standard
8240 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8241 affected by nesting anyhow.
8245 \begin_layout Itemize
8249 \begin_layout Itemize
8253 \begin_layout Itemize
8257 \begin_layout Standard
8259 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8267 Figures and tables in
8271 are not affected by this.
8276 Have a look at section
8277 \begin_inset space ~
8281 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8283 reference "sec:Floats"
8287 for more information about
8294 \begin_layout Standard
8295 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8296 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
8300 \begin_layout Standard
8301 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8309 of its own, it behaves just like a
8310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8314 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8317 paragraph environment.
8318 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
8322 \begin_layout Standard
8323 Here's an example with a table:
8326 \begin_layout Enumerate
8331 \begin_layout Enumerate
8332 This is (a) and it's nested.
8336 \begin_layout Standard
8337 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8343 \begin_layout Standard
8345 \begin_inset Tabular
8346 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8347 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8348 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8349 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8433 \begin_layout Standard
8434 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8441 \begin_layout Enumerate
8443 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8447 \begin_layout Enumerate
8451 \begin_layout Standard
8452 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8455 \begin_layout Enumerate
8460 \begin_layout Enumerate
8461 This is (a) and it's nested.
8465 \begin_layout Standard
8466 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8472 \begin_layout Standard
8474 \begin_inset Tabular
8475 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8476 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8477 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8478 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8562 \begin_layout Standard
8563 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8569 \begin_layout Enumerate
8576 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8579 \begin_layout Enumerate
8583 \begin_layout Standard
8584 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8588 \begin_layout Standard
8589 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
8591 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
8594 \begin_layout Enumerate
8599 \begin_layout Enumerate
8600 This is (a) and it's nested.
8603 \begin_layout Standard
8604 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8610 \begin_layout Standard
8612 \begin_inset Tabular
8613 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8614 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8615 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8616 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8700 \begin_layout Standard
8701 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8707 \begin_layout Enumerate
8709 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8717 \begin_layout Enumerate
8721 \begin_layout Standard
8722 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
8728 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
8729 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
8733 \begin_layout Subsection
8734 Usage and General Features
8737 \begin_layout Standard
8738 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
8740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8747 is the innermost possible depth.
8748 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
8751 \begin_layout Enumerate
8752 level #1 – outermost
8756 \begin_layout Enumerate
8761 \begin_layout Enumerate
8766 \begin_layout Enumerate
8771 \begin_layout Itemize
8776 \begin_layout Itemize
8785 \begin_layout Standard
8786 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8787 both of them in the example.
8788 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8798 For example, if we tried to nest another
8803 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8807 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8810 , we would get errors.
8813 \begin_layout Subsection
8815 \begin_inset Index idx
8818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8827 \begin_layout Standard
8828 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8829 We have several examples of nested environments.
8830 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8834 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8835 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8838 \begin_layout Labeling
8839 \labelwidthstring MMM
8840 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8849 \begin_layout Labeling
8850 \labelwidthstring MMM
8851 #2-a This is level #2.
8852 We created it by using
8855 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8861 arg "depth-increment"
8868 \begin_layout Labeling
8869 \labelwidthstring MMM
8870 #3-a This is level #3.
8871 This time, we just hit
8878 arg "depth-increment"
8882 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8886 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8892 arg "depth-increment"
8899 \begin_layout Standard
8904 environment, nested inside of
8905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8913 So, it's at level #4.
8914 We did this by hitting
8917 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8923 arg "depth-increment"
8926 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8931 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8947 \begin_layout Standard
8952 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8955 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8961 \begin_layout Labeling
8962 \labelwidthstring MMM
8963 #4-a This is level #4.
8967 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8970 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8975 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8979 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8984 keep nesting things inside
8985 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8989 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8996 \begin_layout Labeling
8997 \labelwidthstring MMM
8998 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9003 \begin_layout Labeling
9004 \labelwidthstring MMM
9005 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9006 and this is level #6.
9007 By now, you should know how we made these two.
9011 \begin_layout Labeling
9012 \labelwidthstring MMM
9013 #5-b Back to level #5.
9017 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9023 arg "depth-decrement"
9030 \begin_layout Labeling
9031 \labelwidthstring MMM
9035 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9041 arg "depth-decrement"
9044 , we're back at level #4.
9048 \begin_layout Labeling
9049 \labelwidthstring MMM
9050 #3-b Back to level #3.
9051 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9055 \begin_layout Labeling
9056 \labelwidthstring MMM
9057 #2-b Back to level #2.
9062 \begin_layout Labeling
9063 \labelwidthstring MMM
9064 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9065 After this sentence, we'll hit
9069 and change the paragraph environment back to
9076 \begin_layout Standard
9077 We could have also used the
9093 environment in place of the
9098 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9101 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9102 Example 2: Inheritance
9105 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9106 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9109 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9118 arg "depth-increment"
9121 , after which, we'll change to the
9129 \begin_layout Enumerate
9134 environment, at level #2.
9137 \begin_layout Enumerate
9138 Notice how the nested
9142 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
9146 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
9150 \begin_layout Standard
9151 We ended this example by hitting
9156 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9160 and reset the nesting depth by using
9163 arg "depth-decrement"
9169 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9170 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
9179 \begin_inset Argument
9182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9183 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9191 \begin_layout Enumerate
9192 This is level #1, in an
9196 paragraph environment.
9197 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9201 \begin_layout Enumerate
9206 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9212 arg "depth-increment"
9216 Now, what happens if we nest an
9220 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9221 label be? An asterisk?
9225 \begin_layout Itemize
9235 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9236 So, its label is a bullet.
9237 (We got here by using
9240 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9246 arg "depth-increment"
9249 , then changing the environment to
9257 \begin_layout Itemize
9258 Here's level #4, produced using
9261 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9267 arg "depth-increment"
9271 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9276 \begin_layout Enumerate
9277 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9279 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9284 Notice the type of numbering, it is
9288 , because we are in the
9297 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9316 \begin_layout Enumerate
9321 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9322 type of numbering does LyX use?
9325 \begin_layout Enumerate
9326 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9329 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9332 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9335 \begin_layout Enumerate
9339 arg "depth-decrement"
9342 to decrease the depth after the next
9345 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9352 \begin_layout Enumerate
9354 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9358 \begin_layout Enumerate
9360 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9361 numeral as the label.Why?
9364 \begin_layout Enumerate
9365 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9374 Notice, however, that LyX
9378 reset the counter for the label.
9382 \begin_layout Enumerate
9386 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9392 arg "depth-decrement"
9395 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9396 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9397 into the twofold-nested
9405 \begin_layout Enumerate
9406 The same thing happens if we do another
9409 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9415 arg "depth-decrement"
9418 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9421 \begin_layout Standard
9422 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9427 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
9441 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
9447 The same rule applies for the
9451 environment, as well.
9454 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9455 Example 4: Going Bonkers
9458 \begin_layout Enumerate
9459 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9460 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
9461 same detail with how we did it.
9470 \begin_layout Standard
9478 arg "depth-increment"
9485 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
9486 example in parentheses someplace.
9487 For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
9488 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
9489 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
9493 \begin_layout Enumerate
9498 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
9503 Now we'll add verse.
9504 \begin_inset Newline newline
9507 It will get much worse.
9508 \begin_inset Newline newline
9518 arg "depth-increment"
9529 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9530 \begin_inset Newline newline
9533 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9534 \begin_inset Newline newline
9540 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9553 \begin_layout Standard
9554 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9560 \begin_layout Standard
9562 \begin_inset Tabular
9563 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9564 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9565 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9566 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
9571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
9609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9655 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9665 arg "depth-increment"
9671 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9681 arg "depth-decrement"
9688 \begin_layout Enumerate
9693 : level #1) This is another item.
9694 Note that selecting a
9698 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9699 3 times to put the table inside the
9707 \begin_layout Quotation
9708 We're now ending the
9712 list and changing to
9717 We're still at level #1.
9718 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
9719 The next set of paragraphs is a
9720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9734 \begin_inset space ~
9739 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
9743 for the letter body.
9747 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9750 to preserve the depth.
9751 Remember that you need to use
9754 arg "newline-insert newline"
9757 to create multiple lines inside the
9764 \begin_inset space ~
9774 \begin_layout Right Address
9776 \begin_inset Newline newline
9779 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9780 \begin_inset Newline newline
9786 \begin_layout Address
9788 \begin_inset space ~
9794 \begin_layout Quotation
9795 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9796 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9799 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9800 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9801 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9802 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9803 as soon as possible.
9804 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9807 \begin_layout Quotation
9808 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9809 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9810 with your order, along with payment.
9813 \begin_layout Quotation
9814 We thank you again for your patience.
9817 \begin_layout Address
9819 \begin_inset Newline newline
9826 \begin_layout Quotation
9827 That ends that example!
9830 \begin_layout Standard
9831 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9832 just a few keystrokes.
9833 We could have easily nested an
9854 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9857 \begin_layout Section
9858 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9859 \begin_inset Index idx
9862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9871 \begin_layout Standard
9872 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9873 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9874 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9875 be broken at the end of a line.
9876 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9880 \begin_layout Subsection
9882 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9884 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9889 \begin_inset Index idx
9892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9901 \begin_layout Standard
9902 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9904 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
9908 Further documentation is given in section
9909 \begin_inset Newline newline
9913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9915 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9923 \begin_layout Standard
9924 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9937 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9939 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9948 A protected space is set with
9950 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9951 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9955 \begin_inset space ~
9965 arg "space-insert protected"
9971 \begin_layout Subsection
9973 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9975 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9980 \begin_inset Index idx
9983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9984 Spacing ! Horizontal
9992 \begin_layout Standard
9993 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9995 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9996 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10000 The length units are listed in Appendix
10001 \begin_inset space ~
10005 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10007 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10014 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10016 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10018 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
10023 \begin_inset Index idx
10026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10027 Spaces ! Inter-word
10035 \begin_layout Standard
10037 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10041 \begin_inset space \space{}
10044 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
10045 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
10046 \begin_inset space ~
10050 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10052 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
10057 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
10058 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
10061 arg "space-insert normal"
10067 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10069 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10071 name "sub:Thin-Space"
10076 \begin_inset Index idx
10079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10088 \begin_layout Standard
10090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10097 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
10098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10106 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
10107 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
10108 inside abbreviations:
10111 \begin_layout Quote
10113 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10117 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
10120 \begin_layout Standard
10121 or between values and units.
10122 Compare for example this:
10123 \begin_inset Newline newline
10127 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10131 \begin_inset Newline newline
10134 10 kg (normal space
10137 \begin_layout Standard
10138 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
10140 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10141 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10143 \begin_inset space ~
10151 arg "space-insert thin"
10157 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10159 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10161 name "sub:More-Spaces"
10168 \begin_layout Standard
10169 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
10172 \begin_layout Description
10174 \begin_inset space ~
10178 \begin_inset space ~
10181 space A line with a
10182 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10186 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
10190 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10193 Negative thin space between the arrows.
10196 \begin_layout Description
10198 \begin_inset space ~
10202 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10206 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10210 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
10214 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10218 \begin_inset space ~
10222 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10225 em) space between the arrows.
10228 \begin_layout Description
10230 \begin_inset space ~
10234 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10238 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10242 \begin_inset space \quad{}
10246 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10250 \begin_inset space ~
10254 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10257 em) space between the arrows.
10260 \begin_layout Description
10262 \begin_inset space ~
10266 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10270 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10274 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
10278 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10282 \begin_inset space ~
10286 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10289 em) space between the arrows.
10292 \begin_layout Description
10294 \begin_inset space ~
10298 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10302 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
10307 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10311 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10314 cm space between the arrows.
10317 \begin_layout Standard
10319 \begin_inset space ~
10323 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10325 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
10329 lists the different space sizes.
10332 \begin_layout Standard
10333 \begin_inset Float table
10338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10340 \begin_inset Caption
10342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10343 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10345 name "tab:Width-of-the"
10349 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
10357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10359 \begin_inset Tabular
10360 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
10361 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
10362 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10363 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10403 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10427 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10451 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10475 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10490 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10503 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10518 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10531 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10546 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10559 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10580 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10586 \begin_inset Index idx
10589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10598 \begin_layout Standard
10599 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
10600 in a uniform fashion.
10601 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
10602 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
10603 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
10604 equally between themselves.
10608 \begin_layout Standard
10609 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
10612 \begin_layout Quote
10614 This is on the left side
10615 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10618 This is on the right
10621 \begin_layout Quote
10624 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10628 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10634 \begin_layout Quote
10637 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10641 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10645 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10651 \begin_layout Standard
10652 That was an example in the
10658 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10662 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10666 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10669 is one in a standard paragraph.
10670 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
10674 sitting in-between the two arrows.
10677 \begin_layout Standard
10678 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
10681 \begin_inset space ~
10686 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
10689 \begin_layout Standard
10691 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
10695 \begin_inset space ~
10701 \begin_layout Standard
10703 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
10707 \begin_inset space ~
10713 \begin_layout Standard
10715 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
10719 \begin_inset space ~
10725 \begin_layout Standard
10727 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
10731 \begin_inset space ~
10737 \begin_layout Standard
10739 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
10743 \begin_inset space ~
10749 \begin_layout Standard
10751 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
10755 \begin_inset space ~
10761 \begin_layout Standard
10762 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10770 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10774 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10775 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10776 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10780 option in the space dialog.
10788 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10790 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10792 name "sub:Phantom-Space"
10797 \begin_inset Index idx
10800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10809 \begin_layout Standard
10810 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10812 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10816 \begin_inset space \space{}
10819 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10822 \begin_layout Standard
10823 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10826 What is correct English?:
10827 \begin_inset Newline newline
10831 \begin_inset Newline newline
10835 \begin_inset space ~
10838 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10839 \begin_inset Newline newline
10843 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10854 \begin_inset Newline newline
10858 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10869 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10875 \begin_layout Standard
10876 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10881 \begin_inset space ~
10885 \begin_inset space ~
10889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10893 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10895 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10896 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10900 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10906 \begin_inset space ~
10910 \begin_inset space ~
10914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10917 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10926 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10927 That is why it is named
10928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10936 The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
10937 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10941 \begin_layout Subsection
10943 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10945 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10950 \begin_inset Index idx
10953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10962 \begin_layout Standard
10963 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10965 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10966 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10968 \begin_inset space ~
10974 There you find the following sizes:
10977 \begin_layout Standard
10990 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10995 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10997 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11001 \begin_inset Index idx
11004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11005 Document ! Settings
11010 for the paragraph separation.
11011 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
11022 \begin_layout Standard
11028 \begin_inset Index idx
11031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11037 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
11038 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
11040 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
11041 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
11050 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
11054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11059 s are described in section
11060 \begin_inset space ~
11064 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11066 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
11075 If there are several
11079 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
11080 You can therefore use
11084 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
11087 \begin_layout Standard
11092 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
11093 \begin_inset space ~
11097 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11099 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
11106 \begin_layout Standard
11107 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11117 If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
11118 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
11130 \begin_layout Subsection
11131 Paragraph Alignment
11134 \begin_layout Standard
11135 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
11137 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11141 There are five possibilities:
11144 \begin_layout Itemize
11152 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
11158 \begin_layout Itemize
11166 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
11172 \begin_layout Itemize
11180 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
11186 \begin_layout Itemize
11194 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
11200 \begin_layout Itemize
11208 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
11214 \begin_layout Standard
11215 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
11216 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
11217 the left and right margins.
11218 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
11221 \begin_layout Standard
11223 This paragraph is right aligned,
11226 \begin_layout Standard
11228 this one is centered,
11231 \begin_layout Standard
11233 this one is left aligned.
11236 \begin_layout Subsection
11238 \begin_inset Index idx
11241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11242 Page breaks ! Forced
11248 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11250 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
11257 \begin_layout Standard
11258 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
11259 can force a page break where you want one.
11260 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
11261 Only if you use a lot of
11265 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
11268 \begin_layout Standard
11269 We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
11270 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
11274 have to change the page breaking.
11277 \begin_layout Standard
11278 There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
11280 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
11282 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11283 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11285 \begin_inset space ~
11291 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
11293 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11294 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11296 \begin_inset space ~
11301 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
11303 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
11304 on which only the last few lines are absent.
11307 \begin_layout Standard
11308 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
11309 at the top of a page.
11310 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
11311 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
11312 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
11313 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
11315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11317 reference "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
11321 to learn more about
11328 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11330 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11332 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
11337 \begin_inset Index idx
11340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11341 Page breaks ! Clear
11349 \begin_layout Standard
11350 Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
11351 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
11352 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
11353 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
11354 it, if necessary by adding pages.
11357 \begin_layout Standard
11358 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
11360 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11361 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11363 \begin_inset space ~
11369 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
11371 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11372 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11374 \begin_inset space ~
11378 \begin_inset space ~
11383 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
11384 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
11387 \begin_layout Subsection
11389 \begin_inset Index idx
11392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11399 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11401 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
11408 \begin_layout Standard
11409 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
11411 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
11413 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11414 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11416 \begin_inset space ~
11420 \begin_inset space ~
11428 arg "newline-insert newline"
11432 Another type that is inserted via the menu
11434 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11435 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11437 \begin_inset space ~
11441 \begin_inset space ~
11446 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
11448 This is useful to avoid
11449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11456 in justified paragraphs due to possible whitespace introduced by line breaks.
11459 \begin_layout Standard
11460 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
11461 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
11462 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
11463 set a line break, e.
11464 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11468 \begin_inset space \space{}
11471 in a poem or for an address (see sections
11472 \begin_inset space ~
11476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11478 reference "sec:Quote"
11483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11485 reference "sec:Verse"
11490 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11492 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
11499 \begin_layout Subsection
11501 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11503 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
11508 \begin_inset Index idx
11511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11520 \begin_layout Standard
11522 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11533 \begin_layout Standard
11536 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11537 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11539 \begin_inset space ~
11544 you can insert horizontal lines.
11545 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
11546 of the current text line or the paragraph.
11547 The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
11550 \begin_layout Standard
11552 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11563 \begin_layout Section
11564 Characters and Symbols
11567 \begin_layout Standard
11568 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
11569 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
11570 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11574 \begin_inset space \space{}
11577 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
11579 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11583 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11585 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
11589 for information on how this is done.
11592 \begin_layout Standard
11593 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
11598 dialog via the menu
11600 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11601 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11607 \begin_layout Standard
11608 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11616 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
11617 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
11618 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
11626 \begin_layout Section
11627 Fonts and Text Styles
11628 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11630 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
11637 \begin_layout Subsection
11639 \begin_inset Index idx
11642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11651 \begin_layout Standard
11652 There are two types of fonts:
11655 \begin_layout Description
11657 \begin_inset space ~
11661 \begin_inset Index idx
11664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11670 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
11671 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11675 characters) in the font.
11676 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
11677 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
11678 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
11679 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
11680 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
11681 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
11682 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
11683 \begin_inset Newline newline
11686 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
11687 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
11688 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
11689 sizes than at small ones.
11690 \begin_inset Newline newline
11704 \begin_inset space ~
11712 \begin_layout Description
11714 \begin_inset space ~
11718 \begin_inset Index idx
11721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11727 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11728 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11729 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11730 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11731 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11732 picture manipulation program.
11733 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11734 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
11735 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11736 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11737 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11739 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11740 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11741 \begin_inset Newline newline
11744 Bitmap fonts are named
11747 \begin_inset space ~
11752 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
11755 \begin_layout Standard
11756 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
11757 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11758 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11759 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11760 use scalable fonts.
11763 \begin_layout Standard
11764 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
11765 its document properties.
11768 \begin_layout Standard
11769 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11770 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11771 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11772 font to emphasize text, you use an
11773 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11777 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11781 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11782 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11786 \begin_layout Subsection
11788 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11790 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11797 \begin_layout Standard
11798 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11799 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11800 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11802 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11803 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11804 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11805 to usual word processors.
11806 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11807 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11808 across different machines.
11809 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11810 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11812 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11814 \begin_inset space ~
11818 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11820 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11825 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11826 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11830 \begin_layout Standard
11831 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
11832 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
11833 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
11834 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
11835 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11836 that is installed on your system.
11837 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
11840 \begin_layout Standard
11841 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11849 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11850 es; so you might have to experiment.
11858 \begin_layout Standard
11859 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11867 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11868 as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
11876 \begin_layout Subsection
11877 Document Font and Font size
11878 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11880 name "sub:Document-Font"
11885 \begin_inset Index idx
11888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11895 \begin_inset Index idx
11898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11907 \begin_layout Standard
11908 You can set the document fonts in the
11910 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11914 \begin_inset Index idx
11917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11918 Document ! Settings
11928 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11929 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11932 \begin_inset space ~
11941 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11942 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11946 \begin_layout Standard
11953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11962 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11963 This requires that you use
11969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12008 as output format, i.
12009 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12013 \begin_inset space ~
12016 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
12017 \begin_inset space ~
12021 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12023 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
12028 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts (the selection described
12030 Note that LyX lists all available fonts in either of the three lists (roman,
12032 \begin_inset space ~
12035 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
12036 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
12037 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
12039 Again, LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
12042 \begin_layout Standard
12043 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
12048 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
12053 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
12054 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
12055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12061 \begin_inset space ~
12067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12080 European Computer Modern
12083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12090 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
12093 \begin_layout Standard
12102 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
12103 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
12107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12108 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
12111 \begin_inset space ~
12116 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
12122 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
12123 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
12126 \begin_layout Itemize
12130 \begin_inset space ~
12135 fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
12148 \begin_inset space ~
12153 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
12157 as the default font.
12158 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
12159 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
12162 \begin_inset space ~
12175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12176 One difference is improved kerning.
12184 \begin_layout Itemize
12188 \begin_inset space ~
12192 \begin_inset space ~
12197 fonts in (the rare) case that
12200 \begin_inset space ~
12205 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
12220 Virtual means that it
12221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12232 -glyphs from other fonts.
12233 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
12235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12255 Loading the LaTeX-package
12260 \begin_inset Index idx
12263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12264 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
12269 with the document preamble line
12270 \begin_inset Newline newline
12277 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
12278 \begin_inset Newline newline
12283 will fix the guillemet problem.
12288 and that accented characters are not
12292 glyph, but build of
12296 characters, the accent and the letter.
12297 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
12303 If you search for example for the French word
12304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12311 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
12313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12320 and not for the glyph
12321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12325 \begin_inset space ~
12329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12335 \begin_layout Itemize
12336 If you do not like the look of
12344 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
12345 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12349 \begin_inset space ~
12355 \begin_inset space ~
12365 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
12366 \begin_inset space ~
12369 serif and typewriter fonts,
12373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12374 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
12375 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12381 \begin_inset space ~
12390 for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i.
12391 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12395 \begin_inset space \space{}
12403 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12407 \begin_inset space \space{}
12413 \begin_inset space ~
12421 \begin_inset space ~
12431 but you can also select your own.
12432 \begin_inset Newline newline
12435 The differences between roman,
12438 \begin_inset space ~
12447 fonts are explained in section
12448 \begin_inset space ~
12452 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12454 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12459 \begin_inset Newline newline
12465 \begin_inset space ~
12470 was originally designed for newspapers.
12471 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
12472 into the small newspaper columns.
12476 \begin_inset space ~
12481 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
12484 \begin_layout Standard
12485 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
12498 Some classes provide additional sizes.
12503 depends on the class you are using.
12504 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
12507 \begin_layout Standard
12508 Note that the font size is the
12513 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
12514 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
12515 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
12518 \begin_inset space ~
12524 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
12525 \begin_inset space ~
12529 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12531 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12538 \begin_layout Standard
12543 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
12545 \begin_inset space ~
12548 serif or typewriter.
12553 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
12563 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
12566 \begin_layout Standard
12575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12584 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
12590 \begin_inset space ~
12594 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12596 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
12601 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
12602 Unless you have specific reasons, use
12609 \begin_layout Standard
12610 With some fonts, the checkboxes
12612 Use Old Style Figures
12616 Use True Small Caps
12619 These are extra features some fonts provide.
12622 Use Old Style Figures
12624 is checked, the font uses old style (also known as medieval or text) figures,
12626 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12630 \begin_inset space ~
12633 figures with varying height that fit nicely with lower letters.
12636 Use True Small Caps
12638 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
12639 of scaled capitals.
12640 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
12641 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
12644 \begin_layout Standard
12649 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
12650 a font to display the script characters.
12654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12655 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
12660 So this has no effect for the document language
12676 \begin_layout Standard
12677 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12681 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12689 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
12693 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
12694 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
12695 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
12697 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12700 dialog, see section
12701 \begin_inset space ~
12705 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12707 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
12719 \begin_layout Subsection
12720 Using Different Character Styles
12721 \begin_inset Index idx
12724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12731 \begin_inset Index idx
12734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12743 \begin_layout Standard
12744 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
12745 certain paragraph environments.
12746 LyX supports two character styles,
12755 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
12759 \begin_layout Standard
12764 style, do one of the following:
12767 \begin_layout Itemize
12768 click on the toolbar button
12777 \begin_layout Itemize
12778 use the key binding
12787 \begin_layout Standard
12788 These commands are all toggles.
12793 style is already active, they deactivate it.
12796 \begin_layout Standard
12797 One typically uses the
12801 style for proper names.
12803 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12810 is the original author of LyX.
12811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12817 \begin_layout Standard
12818 A more widely used character style is the
12823 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12830 \begin_layout Itemize
12831 clicking on the toolbar button
12840 \begin_layout Itemize
12841 using the keybindings
12850 \begin_layout Standard
12855 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12856 es use a different font.
12859 \begin_layout Standard
12860 We've been using the
12864 style all over the place in this document.
12865 Here's one more example:
12868 \begin_layout Quotation
12871 Don't overuse character styles!
12874 \begin_layout Standard
12875 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12876 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12877 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12878 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12882 \begin_layout Standard
12883 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12891 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12893 \begin_inset space ~
12901 \begin_layout Subsection
12902 Fine-Tuning with the
12907 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12909 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12914 \begin_inset Index idx
12917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12926 \begin_layout Standard
12927 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12928 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12929 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12930 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12931 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12932 from ordinary dialog.
12935 \begin_layout Standard
12936 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12937 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12938 \begin_inset Newline newline
12941 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12942 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12945 \begin_layout Standard
12946 To use custom character styles, open the
12948 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12950 \begin_inset space ~
12953 Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12956 dialog or press the toolbar button
12959 arg "dialog-show character"
12963 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12964 font property which you can choose.
12965 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12968 \begin_inset space ~
12973 , which keeps the current state of that property.
12978 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
12979 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
12980 environments in a snap.
12983 \begin_layout Standard
12984 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
12987 \begin_inset space ~
12999 \begin_layout Labeling
13000 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13014 The possible options are:
13018 \begin_layout Labeling
13019 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13024 This is the Roman font family.
13025 Normally a serif font.
13026 It's also the default family.
13036 \begin_layout Labeling
13037 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13041 \begin_inset space ~
13048 This is the Sans Serif font family.
13060 \begin_layout Labeling
13061 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13068 This is the Typewriter font family.
13074 arg "font-typewriter"
13083 \begin_layout Labeling
13084 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13089 This corresponds to the print weight.
13094 \begin_layout Labeling
13095 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13100 This is the Medium font series.
13101 It's also the default series.
13104 \begin_layout Labeling
13105 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13112 This is the Bold font series.
13125 \begin_layout Labeling
13126 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13131 As the name implies.
13136 \begin_layout Labeling
13137 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13142 This is the Upright font shape.
13143 It's also the default shape.
13146 \begin_layout Labeling
13147 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13161 s the Italic font shape
13167 \begin_layout Labeling
13168 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13175 This is the Slanted font shape
13177 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
13180 \begin_layout Labeling
13181 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13185 \begin_inset space ~
13192 This is the Small caps font shape
13199 \begin_layout Labeling
13200 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13205 Alters the size of the font.
13206 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
13207 nal to the document font size.
13208 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
13209 what you want to do.
13214 \begin_layout Labeling
13215 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13236 arg "font-size tiny"
13242 \begin_layout Labeling
13243 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13264 arg "font-size scriptsize"
13270 \begin_layout Labeling
13271 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13292 arg "font-size footnotesize"
13298 \begin_layout Labeling
13299 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13320 arg "font-size small"
13326 \begin_layout Labeling
13327 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13333 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13337 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13341 It's also the default size.
13345 arg "font-size normal"
13351 \begin_layout Labeling
13352 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13360 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13373 arg "font-size large"
13379 \begin_layout Labeling
13380 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13401 arg "font-size larger"
13407 \begin_layout Labeling
13408 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13429 arg "font-size largest"
13435 \begin_layout Labeling
13436 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13457 arg "font-size huge"
13463 \begin_layout Labeling
13464 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13485 arg "font-size giant"
13491 \begin_layout Labeling
13492 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13497 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
13498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13517 arg "font-size increase"
13523 \begin_layout Labeling
13524 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13529 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
13530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13549 arg "font-size decrease"
13556 \begin_layout Standard
13561 : don't go crazy with this feature.
13562 You should almost never need to change the font size.
13563 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
13564 — use that instead.
13565 This is here for fine-tuning only!
13568 \begin_layout Labeling
13569 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13574 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
13579 \begin_layout Labeling
13580 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13587 This is text with emphasize on
13590 This might seem like the same as
13594 , but it is actually a bit different.
13600 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
13602 Normally this font is equal to italic.
13605 \begin_layout Labeling
13606 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13613 This is text with Underbar on.
13619 arg "font-underline"
13625 \begin_inset Newline newline
13630 Avoid using underbar if you can! It is a hangover from the typewriter days,
13631 when you could not change fonts.
13632 One no longer needs to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
13633 This is only possible in LyX because some people
13637 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13640 \begin_layout Labeling
13641 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13645 \begin_inset space ~
13652 This is text with Double underbar on.
13658 arg "font-underunderline"
13662 \begin_inset Newline newline
13665 As we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
13666 about double underbar.
13669 \begin_layout Labeling
13670 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13674 \begin_inset space ~
13681 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
13687 arg "font-underwave"
13691 \begin_inset Newline newline
13694 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
13695 Keep antinausea pills handy.
13698 \begin_layout Labeling
13699 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13706 This is text with Strikeout on.
13712 arg "font-strikeout"
13716 \begin_inset Newline newline
13719 This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has been
13720 changed in the meantime.
13723 \begin_layout Labeling
13724 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13731 This is text with Noun on.
13738 , this is a logical attribute.
13739 Normally it's equivalent to
13742 \begin_inset space ~
13751 \begin_layout Labeling
13752 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13757 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
13758 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
13762 \begin_inset space ~
13767 , which is the default
13768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13775 and means normally black, you can choose between
13808 \begin_inset Index idx
13811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13820 \begin_layout Labeling
13821 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13826 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
13827 the language of the document.
13828 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13830 \begin_inset Newline newline
13833 If you have for example a longer German Text in your document, LaTeX respects
13834 the German hyphenation rules automatically.
13835 When using the spell checking (see section
13836 \begin_inset space ~
13840 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13842 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
13846 ) the German-marked text will be checked according to the German dictionary.
13849 \begin_layout Standard
13850 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13851 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13853 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13855 \begin_inset space ~
13860 dialog, the settings are saved.
13861 You can activate them using the toolbar button
13864 arg "textstyle-apply"
13868 The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
13873 \begin_layout Standard
13874 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13881 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13882 (suppose you just set the shape to
13883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13901 \begin_inset space ~
13913 \begin_layout Standard
13914 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13922 \begin_inset space ~
13934 \begin_layout Itemize
13940 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13947 font, that means every character has the same width, the
13948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13965 \begin_inset Newline newline
13969 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
13972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13983 \begin_inset Note Note
13986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13987 For more on phantoms see section
13988 \begin_inset space ~
13992 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13994 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
14004 \begin_inset Newline newline
14010 \begin_layout Itemize
14015 fonts use characters with serifs.
14016 These are the small
14017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14024 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
14025 The following example will show the difference:
14026 \begin_inset Newline newline
14030 \begin_inset Newline newline
14035 text without serifs
14038 \begin_inset Newline newline
14041 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
14042 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
14049 \begin_layout Itemize
14055 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
14056 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
14059 \begin_layout Standard
14060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14067 refers to applying or removing font properties.
14068 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
14069 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
14071 If you apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that currently
14072 has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle and C is set
14073 not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and G.
14075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14090 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
14091 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
14092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14099 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
14101 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14105 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14108 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
14111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14143 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
14145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14152 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
14156 \begin_layout Standard
14157 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
14158 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
14161 \begin_layout Section
14162 Printing and Previewing
14165 \begin_layout Subsection
14169 \begin_layout Standard
14170 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
14171 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
14172 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
14173 goes on behind-the-scenes.
14174 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
14176 Additional Features
14181 \begin_layout Standard
14182 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
14183 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
14184 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
14185 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
14186 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
14187 This happens in two stages:
14190 \begin_layout Enumerate
14191 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
14192 generating a file with the extension,
14193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14207 \begin_layout Enumerate
14208 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
14212 file to produce printable output.
14216 \begin_layout Subsection
14217 Output file formats
14218 \begin_inset Index idx
14221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14228 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14230 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
14237 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14238 Simple text (ASCII)
14239 \begin_inset Index idx
14242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14243 File formats ! ASCII
14251 \begin_layout Standard
14252 This file type has the extension
14253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14265 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
14266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14269 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
14270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14276 \begin_layout Standard
14277 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
14279 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14280 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14282 \begin_inset space ~
14289 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14290 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14292 \begin_inset space ~
14296 \begin_inset space ~
14302 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
14306 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14308 \begin_inset Index idx
14311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14312 File formats ! LaTeX
14320 \begin_layout Standard
14321 This file type has the extension
14322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14330 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14333 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
14335 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
14336 it manually with console commands.
14337 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
14338 you view or export your document.
14341 \begin_layout Standard
14342 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
14344 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14345 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14362 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14364 \begin_inset Index idx
14367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14376 \begin_layout Standard
14377 This file type has the extension
14378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14398 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
14399 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
14400 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
14404 \begin_layout Standard
14405 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
14406 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
14407 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
14408 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
14410 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
14413 \begin_layout Standard
14414 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
14416 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14417 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14422 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14423 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14425 \begin_inset space ~
14432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14442 The latter option uses the program
14451 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14452 font access (see section
14453 \begin_inset space ~
14457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14459 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14464 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14468 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14470 \begin_inset Index idx
14473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14474 File formats ! PostScript
14482 \begin_layout Standard
14483 This file type has the extension
14484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14496 PostScript was developed by the company
14500 as a printer language.
14501 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
14503 PostScript can be seen as a
14504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14507 programming language
14508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14511 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
14515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14516 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
14522 \begin_inset Index idx
14525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14526 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
14536 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
14539 \begin_layout Standard
14540 PostScript can only contain images in the format
14541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14544 Encapsulated PostScript
14545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14548 (EPS, file extension
14549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14561 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
14562 to convert them in the background to EPS.
14564 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14567 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
14568 \begin_inset space ~
14571 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
14572 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
14573 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
14574 EPS to avoid this problem.
14577 \begin_layout Standard
14578 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
14580 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14581 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14587 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14589 \begin_inset Index idx
14592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14599 \begin_inset Index idx
14602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14611 \begin_layout Standard
14612 This file type has the extension
14613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14629 Portable Document Format
14630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14637 was derived from PostScript.
14638 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14647 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14648 looks exactly the same.
14651 \begin_layout Standard
14652 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14656 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14660 (JPG, file extension
14661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14688 Portable Network Graphics
14689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14692 (PNG, file extension
14693 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14705 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
14706 in the background to one of these formats.
14707 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14708 will slow down your workflow.
14709 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14712 \begin_layout Standard
14713 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14715 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14718 in three different ways:
14721 \begin_layout Description
14722 PDF This uses the program
14726 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14727 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14731 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14732 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14735 \begin_layout Description
14737 \begin_inset space ~
14740 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14744 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14748 \begin_layout Description
14750 \begin_inset space ~
14753 (pdflatex) This uses the program
14757 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14760 \begin_layout Description
14762 \begin_inset space ~
14769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14776 X) This uses the program
14780 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14785 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14786 font access (see section
14787 \begin_inset space ~
14791 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14793 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14798 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts, for example verticall
14799 y written Japanese.
14802 \begin_layout Description
14804 \begin_inset space ~
14811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14818 X) This uses the program
14822 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14827 is an even newer engine, derived from
14831 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
14832 access (see section
14833 \begin_inset space ~
14837 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14839 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14844 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14848 \begin_layout Standard
14849 We recommend to use
14852 \begin_inset space ~
14861 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14862 works without problems.
14863 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
14864 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
14868 \begin_inset space ~
14875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14887 \begin_inset space ~
14894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14903 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
14911 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14913 \begin_inset Index idx
14916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14917 FileFormats ! XHTML
14923 \begin_inset Index idx
14926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14935 \begin_layout Standard
14936 This file type has the extension
14937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14949 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
14950 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
14951 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
14952 suitable for the purpose.
14953 For the math output you can choose in the menu
14955 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14956 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14959 between different formats, that are described in section
14961 Math Output in XHTML
14966 \begin_inset space ~
14974 \begin_layout Standard
14975 XHTML output remains
14976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14983 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
14986 LyX and the World Wide Web
14990 Additional Features
14992 manual, for more information.
14995 \begin_layout Standard
14996 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
14998 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14999 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15005 \begin_layout Subsection
15007 \begin_inset Index idx
15010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15019 \begin_layout Standard
15020 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
15021 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
15030 or the toolbar button
15037 A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
15038 output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
15039 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15043 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15045 reference "sec:File-Formats"
15049 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
15051 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15055 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15057 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
15062 Further output formats can be selected via
15064 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15067 or the toolbar button
15068 \begin_inset Graphics
15069 filename ../images/view-others.png
15071 groupId toolbarbuttons
15078 \begin_layout Standard
15079 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
15080 viewer window using the menu
15082 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15087 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15088 Update (Other Formats)
15093 \begin_layout Standard
15094 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
15096 To have a real output, export your document.
15099 \begin_layout Subsection
15100 Printing the File from within LyX
15101 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15103 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
15110 \begin_layout Standard
15111 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
15112 it directly from within LyX.
15113 To print a file, select the menu
15115 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15118 or click on the toolbar button
15121 arg "dialog-show print"
15125 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
15126 This file is then processed by the program
15130 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
15135 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
15138 \begin_layout Standard
15139 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
15140 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
15141 printing one set to print on the other side.
15142 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
15143 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
15144 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
15147 \begin_layout Standard
15148 You can set the parameters in the
15151 \begin_inset space ~
15159 \begin_layout Labeling
15160 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15165 This is the name of the printer to print to.
15169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15170 Note that this printer name is for the program
15179 has to be configured for this printer name.
15180 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
15181 \begin_inset space ~
15185 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15187 reference "sub:Printer"
15196 The printer should understand PostScript.
15199 \begin_layout Labeling
15200 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15205 The name of a file to print to.
15206 The output will be a PostScript file.
15207 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
15211 \begin_layout Section
15212 A few Words about Typography
15213 \begin_inset Index idx
15216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15225 \begin_layout Subsection
15227 \begin_inset Index idx
15230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15239 \begin_layout Standard
15241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15252 character comes in four lengths: the
15264 , and the minus sign:
15265 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15271 \begin_layout Standard
15272 \begin_inset Tabular
15273 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15274 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15275 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15276 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15277 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15278 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15307 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15347 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15372 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15374 \begin_inset space ~
15377 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15384 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15409 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15411 \begin_inset space ~
15414 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15435 \begin_inset Formula $-$
15443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15469 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15475 \begin_layout Standard
15476 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
15477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15488 character multiple times in a row.
15489 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
15490 the final output, but not in LyX.
15492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15496 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15508 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15512 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15522 \begin_layout Standard
15523 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
15524 math mode and has a length of its own.
15525 Here are some examples of the
15526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15540 \begin_layout Enumerate
15541 line- and page-breaks
15542 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15552 \begin_layout Enumerate
15554 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15564 \begin_layout Enumerate
15565 Oh — there's a dash.
15566 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15576 \begin_layout Enumerate
15577 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15581 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15591 \begin_layout Subsection
15593 \begin_inset Index idx
15596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15603 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15605 name "sub:Hyphenation"
15612 \begin_layout Standard
15613 Words are not hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
15614 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
15619 \begin_inset Index idx
15622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15623 LaTeX-packages ! babel
15628 following the rules of the document language.
15631 \begin_layout Standard
15632 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15637 font and with unusual constructs, like
15638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15646 If LaTeX cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points
15648 This is done with the menu
15650 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15651 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15653 \begin_inset space ~
15659 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
15660 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
15663 \begin_layout Standard
15664 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15665 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15675 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
15676 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15680 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15683 as a hyphenation possibility.
15684 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15685 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15686 as described in section
15687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15690 Prevent Hyphenation
15691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15697 \begin_inset space ~
15705 \begin_layout Subsection
15707 \begin_inset Index idx
15710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15719 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15720 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15721 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15723 name "sub:Abbreviations"
15730 \begin_layout Standard
15731 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
15732 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15733 LaTeX then adds the
15734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15737 appropriate amount of space
15738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15742 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15744 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
15747 \begin_layout Standard
15748 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15749 not work in all cases.
15751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15762 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15763 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15766 \begin_layout Standard
15767 Here are some examples of
15771 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
15774 \begin_layout Itemize
15779 \begin_layout Itemize
15784 \begin_layout Standard
15785 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15788 \begin_layout Itemize
15790 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15794 this is too much space!
15797 \begin_layout Itemize
15802 \begin_layout Standard
15803 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15806 \begin_layout Standard
15807 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15810 \begin_layout Enumerate
15814 \begin_inset space ~
15819 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15820 \begin_inset space ~
15824 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15826 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15831 \begin_inset Index idx
15834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15835 Spaces ! inter-word
15843 \begin_layout Enumerate
15847 \begin_inset space ~
15852 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15853 \begin_inset space ~
15857 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15859 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15864 \begin_inset Index idx
15867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15876 \begin_layout Enumerate
15880 \begin_inset space ~
15884 \begin_inset space ~
15888 \begin_inset space ~
15895 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15897 \begin_inset space ~
15902 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15903 This function is also bound to
15906 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15912 \begin_layout Standard
15913 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15916 \begin_layout Itemize
15918 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15922 \begin_inset space \space{}
15925 this is too much space!
15928 \begin_layout Itemize
15929 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15933 \begin_layout Standard
15934 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
15935 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
15936 will take care of this.
15939 \begin_layout Standard
15940 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
15944 \begin_inset space ~
15949 feature described in section
15955 Additional Features
15960 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15962 \begin_inset Index idx
15965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15966 Typography ! Quotes
15972 \begin_inset Index idx
15975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16006 \begin_layout Standard
16007 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
16008 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
16009 and use a closing quote at the end.
16011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16019 The keyboard character,
16023 , generates this automatically.
16026 \begin_layout Standard
16027 You can change the behavior of the
16031 key using the submenu
16037 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16041 \begin_inset Index idx
16044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16045 Document ! Settings
16053 \begin_layout Standard
16054 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
16059 There are six choices:
16062 \begin_layout Labeling
16063 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16075 Use quotes like this
16076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16084 \begin_inset Quotes els
16088 \begin_inset Quotes ers
16094 \begin_layout Labeling
16095 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16098 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16102 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16108 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16112 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16116 \begin_inset Quotes ers
16122 \begin_layout Labeling
16123 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16126 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16130 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16136 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16140 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16144 \begin_inset Quotes gls
16148 \begin_inset Quotes grs
16154 \begin_layout Labeling
16155 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16158 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16162 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16168 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16172 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16176 \begin_inset Quotes pls
16180 \begin_inset Quotes prs
16186 \begin_layout Labeling
16187 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16190 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16194 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16200 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16204 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16208 \begin_inset Quotes fls
16212 \begin_inset Quotes frs
16218 \begin_layout Labeling
16219 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16222 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16226 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16232 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16236 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16240 \begin_inset Quotes als
16244 \begin_inset Quotes ars
16250 \begin_layout Standard
16251 These settings affect what character the
16258 \begin_layout Subsection
16260 \begin_inset Index idx
16263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16264 Typography ! Ligatures
16270 \begin_inset Index idx
16273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16302 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16304 name "sub:Ligatures"
16311 \begin_layout Standard
16312 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
16313 print them as single characters.
16314 These groups are known as
16319 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
16321 Here are the standard ligatures:
16324 \begin_layout Itemize
16328 \begin_layout Itemize
16332 \begin_layout Itemize
16336 \begin_layout Itemize
16340 \begin_layout Itemize
16344 \begin_layout Standard
16345 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
16348 \begin_layout Standard
16349 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
16350 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
16351 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16355 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16358 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
16359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16374 To break a ligature, use
16376 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16377 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16379 \begin_inset space ~
16386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16397 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16414 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16422 \begin_layout Subsection
16424 \begin_inset Index idx
16427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16434 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16436 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
16443 \begin_layout Standard
16444 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
16445 characters in different sizes and heights.
16446 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
16447 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
16448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16467 \begin_inset Note Note
16470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16471 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
16472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16479 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
16480 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
16485 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
16489 \begin_layout Description
16490 LyX The name of the game, write
16491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16512 \begin_layout Description
16513 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
16514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16535 \begin_layout Description
16536 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
16537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16558 \begin_layout Description
16559 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
16560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16575 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16581 \begin_layout Standard
16582 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
16583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16587 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16591 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16595 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
16596 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
16597 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16600 : The actual version is
16601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16608 , the previous one was
16609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16619 \begin_layout Standard
16620 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16621 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16625 \begin_inset space \space{}
16628 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
16630 This will look in LyX like:
16631 \begin_inset Graphics
16632 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
16638 \begin_inset Newline newline
16641 For more about TeX Code, look at section
16642 \begin_inset space ~
16646 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16648 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16655 \begin_layout Subsection
16657 \begin_inset Index idx
16660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16669 \begin_layout Standard
16670 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16671 space between two words.
16672 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16682 for units use the menu
16684 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16685 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16687 \begin_inset space ~
16695 arg "space-insert thin"
16701 \begin_layout Standard
16702 Here is an example to show the differences:
16705 \begin_layout Standard
16706 \begin_inset Tabular
16707 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16708 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16709 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16710 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16717 \begin_inset space ~
16721 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16733 space between number and unit
16740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16745 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16749 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16761 half space between number and unit
16774 \begin_layout Subsection
16776 \begin_inset Index idx
16779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16780 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16788 \begin_layout Standard
16789 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16791 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16792 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16793 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16794 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16795 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16796 These bits of text became known as
16807 \begin_layout Standard
16808 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16809 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16810 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16811 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16812 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16813 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16814 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16817 \begin_layout Standard
16818 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16819 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16820 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography (such as
16821 \begin_inset space ~
16825 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16827 key "latexcompanion"
16832 \begin_inset space ~
16836 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16842 ) may have more information.
16843 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16846 \begin_layout Chapter
16847 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16848 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16850 name "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
16857 \begin_layout Standard
16858 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16861 \begin_inset space ~
16867 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16870 \begin_layout Section
16872 \begin_inset Index idx
16875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16882 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16891 \begin_layout Standard
16892 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16895 \begin_layout Description
16897 \begin_inset space ~
16900 Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
16901 \begin_inset Newline newline
16905 \begin_inset Note Note
16908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16909 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16917 \begin_layout Description
16918 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
16919 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16921 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16922 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16924 \begin_inset space ~
16930 \begin_inset Newline newline
16934 \begin_inset Note Comment
16937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16938 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
16946 \begin_layout Description
16948 \begin_inset space ~
16951 Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can
16952 set in the document settings under
16954 Colors\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16956 \begin_inset space ~
16962 \begin_inset Newline newline
16966 \begin_inset Newline newline
16970 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16979 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16980 In this document the color of this note type is set to blue.
16985 of a comment that appears in the output.
16991 \begin_inset Newline newline
16995 \begin_inset Newline newline
16998 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
16999 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
17002 \begin_layout Standard
17003 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
17011 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17015 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
17018 \begin_layout Section
17020 \begin_inset Index idx
17023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17030 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17032 name "sec:Footnotes"
17039 \begin_layout Standard
17040 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
17043 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17046 or the toolbar button
17049 arg "footnote-insert"
17061 \begin_inset Graphics
17062 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
17071 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
17081 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17100 label, the box will
17104 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
17105 Clicking on the box label again, will close
17118 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
17134 \begin_layout Standard
17135 Here is an example footnote:
17143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17144 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
17152 \begin_layout Standard
17153 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
17154 position where the footnote box is placed.
17155 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
17156 The footnote number is calculated by LyX.
17157 The numbers are consecutive, no matter in which chapter the footnote is
17159 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get other
17160 schemes using special LaTeX-commands.
17165 ey are described in the
17168 \begin_inset space ~
17176 \begin_layout Section
17178 \begin_inset Index idx
17181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17188 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17190 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
17197 \begin_layout Standard
17198 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
17199 When you insert a margin note via the menu
17201 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17203 \begin_inset space ~
17208 or the toolbar button
17211 arg "marginalnote-insert"
17230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17237 appearing within your text.
17238 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
17247 \begin_layout Standard
17248 At the side is an example marginal note.
17252 \begin_inset Marginal
17255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17256 This is a marginal note.
17264 \begin_layout Standard
17265 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
17266 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
17267 pages, right on odd pages.
17270 \begin_layout Standard
17271 For further information about marginal notes see section
17274 \begin_inset space ~
17282 \begin_inset space ~
17290 \begin_layout Section
17291 Graphics and Images
17292 \begin_inset Index idx
17295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17302 \begin_inset Index idx
17305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17312 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17314 name "sec:Graphics"
17321 \begin_layout Standard
17322 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
17323 you want and click on the toolbar icon
17326 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
17331 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17335 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
17338 \begin_layout Standard
17339 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
17344 tab allows you to choose your image file.
17345 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
17347 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
17348 \begin_inset space ~
17352 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17354 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
17361 \begin_layout Standard
17366 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
17367 of the image in the output.
17368 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
17372 \begin_inset space ~
17376 \begin_inset space ~
17385 \begin_inset space ~
17389 \begin_inset space ~
17393 \begin_inset space ~
17398 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
17399 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
17407 \begin_layout Standard
17410 LaTeX and LyX options
17412 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
17413 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
17417 \begin_inset space ~
17422 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
17423 with the image size is printed.
17427 \begin_inset space ~
17431 \begin_inset space ~
17435 \begin_inset space ~
17440 is explained in the
17443 \begin_inset space ~
17455 \begin_layout Standard
17456 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
17457 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
17459 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
17463 \begin_layout Standard
17465 \begin_inset Graphics
17466 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17474 \begin_layout Standard
17475 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
17476 the image into a float, see section
17477 \begin_inset space ~
17481 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17483 reference "sub:Figure-Floats"
17490 \begin_layout Subsection
17492 \begin_inset Index idx
17495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17502 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17504 name "sub:Image-Formats"
17511 \begin_layout Standard
17512 You can insert images in any known file format.
17513 But as we explained in section
17514 \begin_inset space ~
17518 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17520 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17524 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
17525 LyX uses therefore the program
17529 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
17530 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
17531 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
17532 \begin_inset space ~
17536 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17538 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17545 \begin_layout Standard
17546 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
17549 \begin_layout Description
17551 \begin_inset space ~
17554 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
17555 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
17556 Well-known bitmap image formats are
17557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17560 Graphics Interchange Format
17561 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17564 (GIF, file extension
17565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17577 \begin_inset Index idx
17580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17612 Portable Network Graphics
17613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17616 (PNG, file extension
17617 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17629 \begin_inset Index idx
17632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17664 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17668 (JPG, file extension
17669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17693 \begin_inset Index idx
17696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17727 \begin_layout Description
17729 \begin_inset space ~
17732 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17734 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
17735 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17736 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17737 \begin_inset Newline newline
17740 Scalable image formats can be
17741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17744 Scalable Vector Graphics
17745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17748 (SVG, file extension
17749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17761 \begin_inset Index idx
17764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17793 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17796 Encapsulated PostScript
17797 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17800 (EPS, file extension
17801 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17813 \begin_inset Index idx
17816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17848 Portable Document Format
17849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17852 (PDF, file extension
17853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17865 \begin_inset Index idx
17868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17875 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
17876 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
17877 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17883 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17891 \begin_layout Standard
17892 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17896 \begin_layout Subsection
17897 Grouping of Image Settings
17898 \begin_inset Index idx
17901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17902 Images ! Settings grouping
17910 \begin_layout Standard
17911 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17913 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17914 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17916 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17917 need to manually change each of them.
17921 \begin_layout Standard
17922 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17925 \begin_inset space ~
17930 field in the Graphics dialog.
17931 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17932 by checking the name of the desired group.
17935 \begin_layout Section
17937 \begin_inset Index idx
17940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17947 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17956 \begin_layout Standard
17957 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17960 arg "tabular-insert"
17965 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17969 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17970 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17971 from the rest of the table.
17972 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17973 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17975 Here is an example table:
17978 \begin_layout Standard
17980 \begin_inset Tabular
17981 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
17982 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
17983 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17984 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17985 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17986 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18186 \begin_layout Subsection
18190 \begin_layout Standard
18191 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
18192 brings up the table dialog.
18193 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
18194 where the cursor is placed currently.
18195 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
18196 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
18197 done on all of your selection.
18200 \begin_layout Standard
18201 Additionally to the table dialog, the
18204 \begin_inset space ~
18209 helps you in setting table properties.
18210 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
18213 \begin_layout Standard
18217 \begin_inset space ~
18222 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
18223 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
18224 current cell respectively.
18225 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
18227 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
18228 of text, see section
18229 \begin_inset space ~
18233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18235 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
18242 \begin_layout Standard
18243 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
18244 using the check box
18253 This will merge the cells to
18257 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
18258 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
18259 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
18260 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
18261 in the last row without the upper border:
18264 \begin_layout Standard
18266 \begin_inset Tabular
18267 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
18268 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
18269 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18270 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
18271 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
18272 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18283 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18292 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18368 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18403 \begin_layout Standard
18404 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
18405 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
18406 explained in the tables section of the
18409 \begin_inset space ~
18415 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
18416 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18419 degrees counterclockwise.
18420 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
18423 \begin_layout Standard
18424 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18432 Most DVI-viewers are
18436 able to display rotations.
18444 \begin_layout Standard
18449 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
18454 adds lines for all cell borders.
18457 \begin_layout Subsection
18459 \begin_inset Index idx
18462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18463 Tables ! Longtables
18469 \begin_inset Index idx
18472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18481 \begin_layout Standard
18482 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
18485 \begin_inset space ~
18489 \begin_inset space ~
18498 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
18499 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
18502 \begin_layout Description
18507 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18508 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
18509 except for the first page, if
18512 \begin_inset space ~
18520 \begin_layout Description
18524 \begin_inset space ~
18529 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18530 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
18533 \begin_layout Description
18538 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18539 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
18540 except for the last page, if
18543 \begin_inset space ~
18551 \begin_layout Description
18555 \begin_inset space ~
18560 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18561 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18564 \begin_layout Description
18565 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
18566 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
18568 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18572 More about longtable captions can be found in the
18575 \begin_inset space ~
18583 \begin_layout Standard
18584 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18585 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18586 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
18587 The others will then be defined as
18592 In this context, first means first in this order:
18595 \begin_inset space ~
18607 \begin_inset space ~
18613 See the following longtable to see how it works:
18616 \begin_layout Standard
18618 \begin_inset Tabular
18619 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18620 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18621 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18622 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18623 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18624 <row endfirsthead="true">
18625 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18631 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18636 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18645 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18655 <row endfirsthead="true">
18656 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18667 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18676 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18688 <row endhead="true">
18689 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18700 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18709 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18719 <row endhead="true">
18720 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18731 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18740 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18752 <row endfoot="true">
18753 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18764 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18773 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18804 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19745 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19754 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19763 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19774 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19805 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19836 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19867 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19898 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19929 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19960 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19991 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20022 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20053 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20084 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20115 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20146 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20177 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20208 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20239 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20270 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20301 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20332 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20363 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20394 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20425 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20456 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20487 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20518 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20549 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20580 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20611 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20642 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20673 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20704 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20734 <row endlastfoot="true">
20735 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20746 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20755 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20772 \begin_layout Subsection
20774 \begin_inset Index idx
20777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20784 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20786 name "sub:Table-Cells"
20793 \begin_layout Standard
20794 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
20795 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
20796 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
20797 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
20801 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
20802 for the cell's paragraph.
20805 \begin_layout Standard
20806 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
20807 for the column in the table dialog.
20808 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
20809 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
20813 \begin_layout Standard
20815 \begin_inset Tabular
20816 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
20817 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20818 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20819 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
20820 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20840 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20909 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20965 This is longer now.
20970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21021 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
21022 This is longer now.
21027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21053 \begin_layout Standard
21054 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
21055 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
21059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21060 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
21061 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
21067 Selection with the mouse or with
21071 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
21072 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
21073 the selection from outside the table.
21076 \begin_layout Section
21078 \begin_inset Index idx
21081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21088 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21097 \begin_layout Subsection
21101 \begin_layout Standard
21102 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
21103 have a fixed location.
21105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21112 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
21120 \begin_inset space ~
21125 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
21126 too many notes on the page.
21129 \begin_layout Standard
21130 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
21131 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
21132 and pages without text.
21133 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
21134 , every float can be referenced in the text.
21135 Floats are therefore numbered.
21136 Referencing is described in section
21137 \begin_inset space ~
21141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21143 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21150 \begin_layout Standard
21151 To insert a float, use the menu
21153 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21157 A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
21158 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
21160 After the label you can insert the caption text.
21161 \begin_inset Index idx
21164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21170 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
21171 paragraph within the float.
21172 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
21173 by left-clicking on the box label.
21174 A closed float box looks like this:
21175 \begin_inset Graphics
21176 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
21181 – a gray button with a red label.
21184 \begin_layout Standard
21185 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
21186 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
21189 \begin_layout Subsection
21193 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21195 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21197 name "sub:Figure-Floats"
21202 \begin_inset Index idx
21205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21206 Floats ! Figure floats
21214 \begin_layout Standard
21216 \begin_inset space ~
21220 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21222 reference "cap:Platypus"
21226 was created using the menu
21228 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21229 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21232 or the toolbar button
21235 arg "float-insert figure"
21239 The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
21242 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21245 or the toolbar button
21248 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
21252 The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
21253 in front of or behind the image and using the menu
21255 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21257 \begin_inset space ~
21262 or the toolbar button
21265 arg "layout-paragraph"
21271 \begin_layout Standard
21272 \begin_inset Float figure
21277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21279 \begin_inset Graphics
21280 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21290 \begin_inset Caption
21292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21293 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21295 name "cap:Platypus"
21299 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
21312 \begin_layout Standard
21313 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
21315 As described in section
21316 \begin_inset space ~
21320 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21322 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21326 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
21328 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21331 or the toolbar button
21337 and refer to it using the menu
21339 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21342 or the toolbar button
21345 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
21349 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
21351 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21355 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21358 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
21360 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21370 \begin_layout Standard
21371 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
21372 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
21373 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
21374 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
21375 as described in section
21376 \begin_inset space ~
21380 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21382 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
21388 \begin_inset space ~
21392 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21394 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21398 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
21399 You can also set the images one below the other.
21401 \begin_inset space ~
21405 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21407 reference "fig:Undefinable"
21412 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21414 reference "fig:Platypus"
21418 are the subfigures.
21421 \begin_layout Standard
21422 \begin_inset Float figure
21427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21428 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21432 \begin_inset Float figure
21437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21438 \begin_inset Caption
21440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21443 name "fig:Undefinable"
21455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21456 \begin_inset Graphics
21457 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21468 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21472 \begin_inset Float figure
21477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21478 \begin_inset Caption
21480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21481 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21483 name "fig:Platypus"
21495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21496 \begin_inset Graphics
21497 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21509 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21516 \begin_inset Caption
21518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21519 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21521 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21525 Two distorted images.
21538 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21540 \begin_inset Index idx
21543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21544 Floats ! Table floats
21552 \begin_layout Standard
21553 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21555 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21556 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21559 or the toolbar botton
21562 arg "float-insert table"
21566 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21569 \begin_inset space ~
21573 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21575 reference "cap:Table-float"
21582 \begin_layout Standard
21583 \begin_inset Float table
21588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21589 \begin_inset Caption
21591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21592 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21594 name "cap:Table-float"
21606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21608 \begin_inset Tabular
21609 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21610 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21611 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21612 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21613 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21740 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21761 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21764 \end{array}\right]$
21772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21785 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21806 \begin_layout Subsection
21808 \begin_inset Index idx
21811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21820 \begin_layout Standard
21821 LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
21822 It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
21823 float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
21825 All these features are explained in detail with many examples in chapter
21833 \begin_inset space ~
21841 \begin_layout Section
21843 \begin_inset Index idx
21846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21853 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21855 name "sec:Minipages"
21862 \begin_layout Standard
21863 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21865 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21866 \begin_inset space ~
21873 \begin_layout Standard
21874 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21876 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21880 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21881 and its alignment within the page.
21884 \begin_layout Standard
21886 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21896 height_special "totalheight"
21899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21902 This is a minipage.
21903 The text is set in an italic style.
21906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21909 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21910 another formatting.
21918 \begin_layout Standard
21919 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21922 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21926 as described in section
21927 \begin_inset space ~
21931 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21933 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21938 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21944 \begin_layout Standard
21945 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21955 height_special "totalheight"
21958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21959 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21960 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21966 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21970 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21980 height_special "totalheight"
21983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21984 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21985 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21993 \begin_layout Standard
21994 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22000 \begin_layout Standard
22001 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
22002 to other box types.
22003 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
22010 \begin_inset space ~
22018 \begin_layout Chapter
22019 Mathematical Formulas
22020 \begin_inset Index idx
22023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22030 \begin_inset Index idx
22033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22062 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22064 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
22071 \begin_layout Standard
22072 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
22077 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
22080 \begin_layout Section
22082 \begin_inset Index idx
22085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22094 \begin_layout Standard
22095 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
22102 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22104 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22105 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22106 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22108 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22114 \begin_layout Standard
22115 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22119 \begin_inset space ~
22124 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
22127 \begin_layout Standard
22128 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
22129 line, like this one:
22132 \begin_layout Standard
22133 This is a line with an inline formula
22134 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22140 \begin_layout Standard
22141 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
22143 \begin_inset Formula
22150 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22153 \begin_layout Standard
22154 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22156 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22160 \begin_inset space \space{}
22164 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22177 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22178 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22182 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22185 \begin_inset space ~
22193 \begin_layout Subsection
22194 Navigating in Formulas
22195 \begin_inset Index idx
22198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22207 \begin_layout Standard
22208 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22209 achieved with the arrow keys.
22210 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22211 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22216 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22217 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22221 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22225 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22228 \end{array}\right]$
22236 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22241 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22242 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22245 \begin_layout Standard
22250 , printed in this document as
22251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22272 \begin_inset Note Note
22275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22276 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
22277 space character (visible space).
22282 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22283 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22284 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22289 For example, if you want
22290 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22344 , since in the latter case only the
22347 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22352 will be under the square root sign:
22353 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22359 \begin_layout Standard
22360 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22362 \begin_inset Formula
22364 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22373 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22374 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22377 \begin_layout Subsection
22381 \begin_layout Standard
22382 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22383 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22387 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22388 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22389 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22390 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22391 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22394 \begin_layout Subsection
22395 Exponents and Subscripts
22396 \begin_inset Index idx
22399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22406 \begin_inset Index idx
22409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22418 \begin_layout Standard
22419 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
22420 way is to use a command.
22422 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22425 , type in a formula
22431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22447 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22453 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22457 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22478 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22487 , you have to use an extra
22491 to separate the hat and the character.
22493 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22497 \begin_inset space \space{}
22501 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22522 Subscripts are similar: To get
22523 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22546 \begin_layout Subsection
22548 \begin_inset Index idx
22551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22560 \begin_layout Standard
22561 Create a fraction with either the command
22568 \begin_inset Graphics
22569 filename ../images/math/frac.png
22577 \begin_inset space ~
22583 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22584 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22585 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22590 To move back up, press
22595 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22596 \begin_inset Formula
22598 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22601 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22609 \begin_layout Subsection
22611 \begin_inset Index idx
22614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22623 \begin_layout Standard
22624 Roots can be created using the
22627 \begin_inset space ~
22633 \begin_inset Graphics
22634 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
22636 groupId toolbarbuttons
22659 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22665 produces always a square root.
22668 \begin_layout Subsection
22669 Operators with Limits
22670 \begin_inset Index idx
22673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22680 \begin_inset Index idx
22683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22690 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22692 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22699 \begin_layout Standard
22701 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22705 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22708 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22709 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22710 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22711 The sum operator will automatically place its
22712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22719 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22722 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22726 \begin_inset Formula
22728 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22733 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22737 \begin_layout Standard
22738 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22740 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22741 behind the operator and hitting
22749 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22750 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22752 \begin_inset space ~
22756 \begin_inset space ~
22764 \begin_layout Standard
22765 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22773 feature as addition, such as
22774 \begin_inset Index idx
22777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22784 \begin_inset Formula
22786 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22791 which will place the
22792 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22796 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22804 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22805 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22811 \begin_layout Standard
22812 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22819 Have a look at section
22820 \begin_inset space ~
22824 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22826 reference "sub:Functions"
22830 for an explanation of function macros.
22833 \begin_layout Subsection
22835 \begin_inset Index idx
22838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22847 \begin_layout Standard
22848 Most math symbols can be found in the
22851 \begin_inset space ~
22856 under one of several categories; including
22873 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22877 \begin_layout Standard
22878 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22879 you don't have to use the
22882 \begin_inset space ~
22887 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
22888 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22891 \begin_layout Subsection
22893 \begin_inset Index idx
22896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22905 \begin_layout Standard
22906 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22911 arg "space-insert protected"
22917 \begin_inset space ~
22923 \begin_inset Graphics
22924 filename ../images/math/space.png
22926 groupId toolbarbuttons
22931 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22932 For example, the sequence
22937 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22941 \begin_inset Graphics
22942 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22947 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22948 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22949 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22950 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22952 Here are two examples:
22955 \begin_layout Standard
22965 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22971 \begin_layout Standard
22981 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22987 \begin_layout Subsection
22989 \begin_inset Index idx
22992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22999 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23001 name "sub:Functions"
23008 \begin_layout Standard
23012 \begin_inset space ~
23017 contains under the button
23018 \begin_inset Graphics
23019 filename ../images/math/functions.png
23021 groupId toolbarbuttons
23025 a number of function macros, such as
23026 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
23030 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
23038 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
23045 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
23046 avoid confusions, because
23047 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
23051 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
23057 \begin_layout Standard
23058 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
23060 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
23064 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
23070 \begin_layout Standard
23071 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
23072 s are placed, as described in section
23073 \begin_inset space ~
23077 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23079 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23086 \begin_layout Subsection
23088 \begin_inset Index idx
23091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23100 \begin_layout Standard
23101 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23103 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23104 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
23105 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23109 \begin_inset space \space{}
23113 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23116 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23117 Our example is entered by typing
23125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23138 \begin_inset space ~
23142 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23144 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
23148 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23151 \begin_layout Standard
23152 \begin_inset Float table
23157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23158 \begin_inset Caption
23160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23161 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23163 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
23167 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23177 \begin_inset Tabular
23178 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23179 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23180 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23181 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23182 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23266 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23320 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23374 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23428 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23482 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23536 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23590 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23644 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23698 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23743 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23764 \begin_layout Standard
23765 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23768 \begin_inset space ~
23774 \begin_inset Graphics
23775 filename ../images/math/hat.png
23777 groupId toolbarbuttons
23781 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23785 \begin_layout Section
23786 Brackets and Delimiters
23787 \begin_inset Index idx
23790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23797 \begin_inset Index idx
23800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23807 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23809 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23816 \begin_layout Standard
23817 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23818 For most purposes, using just the keys
23823 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23824 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23825 toolbar delimiter icon
23828 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23832 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
23834 \begin_inset Formula
23836 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23844 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
23845 \begin_inset Formula
23847 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
23855 \begin_layout Standard
23856 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
23857 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
23860 \begin_layout Standard
23861 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23862 left side and right side.
23863 If you use the option
23866 \begin_inset space ~
23871 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23872 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23873 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23874 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23877 \begin_layout Standard
23878 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23879 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
23880 inside the brackets.
23881 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23886 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23889 \begin_layout Section
23890 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23891 \begin_inset Index idx
23894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23901 \begin_inset Index idx
23904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23911 \begin_inset Index idx
23914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23915 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23923 \begin_layout Standard
23924 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23927 \begin_inset space ~
23933 \begin_inset Graphics
23934 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
23936 groupId toolbarbuttons
23941 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23942 Here is an example:
23943 \begin_inset Formula
23945 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23954 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23955 \begin_inset space ~
23959 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23961 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23966 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23967 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23968 This alignment is set in the box
23973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23985 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23993 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24021 for every column as default.
24022 For example, the sequence
24023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24034 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
24035 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
24036 corresponds to the relevant column.
24037 The result will look like this:
24038 \begin_inset Formula
24041 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
24042 column & has & has\, right\\
24043 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
24052 \begin_layout Standard
24053 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
24056 arg "newline-insert newline"
24059 while the cursor is in the matrix.
24060 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
24062 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24065 or the math toolbar.
24068 \begin_layout Standard
24069 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
24070 It can be created with the menu
24072 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24073 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24075 \begin_inset space ~
24087 Here is an example:
24088 \begin_inset Formula
24102 \begin_layout Standard
24103 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24106 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24109 arg "newline-insert newline"
24113 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24118 arg "newline-insert newline"
24121 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24129 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24130 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24131 A new row is created by every further hit of
24134 arg "newline-insert newline"
24138 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24139 Here is an example:
24140 \begin_inset Formula
24142 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24143 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24148 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
24149 where you want to start the shift and hit
24154 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
24155 position to the next column.
24156 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
24157 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24158 \begin_inset Formula
24160 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24168 \begin_layout Standard
24169 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24176 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
24177 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
24178 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24180 reference "eq:asquared"
24185 The other types are described in section
24186 \begin_inset space ~
24190 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24192 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24199 \begin_layout Section
24200 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24201 \begin_inset Index idx
24204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24205 Math ! Formula numbering
24211 \begin_inset Index idx
24214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24215 Math ! Referencing formulas
24221 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24223 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24230 \begin_layout Standard
24231 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24233 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24234 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24236 \begin_inset space ~
24244 arg "math-number-toggle"
24248 The formula number appears in LyX as
24249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24256 within parentheses.
24258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24265 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24267 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24268 the document class.
24269 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24270 separated by a dot:
24271 \begin_inset Formula
24281 arg "math-number-toggle"
24284 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24285 You can only number displayed formulas.
24288 \begin_layout Standard
24289 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24291 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24292 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24294 \begin_inset space ~
24298 \begin_inset space ~
24302 \begin_inset space ~
24310 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24313 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24314 \begin_inset Formula
24317 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24323 To number all lines use the shortcut
24326 arg "math-number-toggle"
24332 \begin_layout Standard
24333 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24336 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24337 A label is inserted with the menu
24339 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24342 when the cursor is in the formula.
24343 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24344 It is recommended to use the proposed
24345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24356 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
24357 type when you have many labels in your document.
24358 We inserted in the following example the label
24359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24366 in the second line:
24367 \begin_inset Formula
24369 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24370 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24375 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24376 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24386 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24388 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24390 \begin_inset space ~
24396 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
24397 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
24398 as the formula number:
24401 \begin_layout Standard
24402 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24405 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24412 \begin_layout Standard
24413 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24414 \begin_inset space ~
24418 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24420 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24425 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
24428 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24431 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
24435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24436 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
24444 \begin_layout Section
24445 User defined math macros
24446 \begin_inset Index idx
24449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24458 \begin_layout Standard
24459 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24460 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24461 Math macros are explained in section
24464 \begin_inset space ~
24476 \begin_layout Section
24480 \begin_layout Subsection
24482 \begin_inset Index idx
24485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24494 \begin_layout Standard
24495 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24496 To set a font in a formula, use the
24499 \begin_inset space ~
24505 \begin_inset Graphics
24506 filename ../images/math/font.png
24508 groupId toolbarbuttons
24512 , or enter its command, listed in table
24513 \begin_inset space ~
24517 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24519 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24526 \begin_layout Standard
24527 \begin_inset Float table
24532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24533 \begin_inset Caption
24535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24536 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24538 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24542 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24552 \begin_inset Tabular
24553 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24554 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24555 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24556 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24588 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24615 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24642 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24675 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24702 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24729 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24763 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24790 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24824 \begin_layout Standard
24825 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24833 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24849 \begin_layout Standard
24850 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24851 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24856 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24857 space when you need a space in the box.
24858 Here an example where
24859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24870 denotes the set of numbers:
24871 \begin_inset Formula
24873 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24881 \begin_layout Standard
24882 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24884 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24888 \begin_inset space \space{}
24900 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24904 \begin_inset Newline newline
24907 So it is better not to use this feature.
24910 \begin_layout Standard
24911 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24912 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24916 \begin_inset Newline newline
24919 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24925 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24926 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24932 \begin_layout Standard
24939 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24942 \begin_layout Standard
24943 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24945 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24946 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24948 \begin_inset space ~
24956 \begin_layout Subsection
24958 \begin_inset Index idx
24961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24970 \begin_layout Standard
24971 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24973 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24977 \begin_inset space ~
24981 \begin_inset space ~
24989 \begin_inset space ~
24995 \begin_inset Graphics
24996 filename ../images/math/font.png
24998 groupId toolbarbuttons
25009 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
25010 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
25011 Here is an example:
25012 \begin_inset Formula
25015 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
25016 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
25025 \begin_layout Subsection
25027 \begin_inset Index idx
25030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25039 \begin_layout Standard
25040 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
25041 automatically chosen in most situations.
25059 For most characters,
25067 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
25068 and certain other structures, are set larger in
25073 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
25074 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
25076 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
25077 \begin_inset Graphics
25078 filename ../images/math/style.png
25080 groupId toolbarbuttons
25085 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
25086 For example, you can set
25087 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
25090 , which is normally in
25099 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25103 The four styles are used in the following example:
25106 \begin_layout Standard
25107 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25111 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25115 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25119 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25125 \begin_layout Standard
25126 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
25127 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
25129 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25131 \begin_inset space ~
25136 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25137 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25138 will be adjusted to correspond.
25139 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25144 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25150 \begin_layout Standard
25154 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25160 \begin_layout Section
25164 \begin_layout Standard
25165 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25166 the document classes and into layout modules.
25167 \begin_inset Index idx
25170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25176 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25177 other than the AMS classes.
25179 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25181 reference "sub:Modules"
25185 for more on layout modules.
25188 \begin_layout Section
25190 \begin_inset Index idx
25193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25200 \begin_inset Index idx
25203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25212 \begin_layout Standard
25213 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25214 (AMS) that are in common use.
25217 \begin_layout Subsection
25218 Enabling AMS-Support
25221 \begin_layout Standard
25222 Selecting the checkbox
25225 \begin_inset space ~
25229 \begin_inset space ~
25233 \begin_inset space ~
25240 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25244 \begin_inset Index idx
25247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25248 Document ! Settings
25256 \begin_inset space ~
25261 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
25263 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25264 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25267 \begin_layout Subsection
25269 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25271 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25276 \begin_inset Index idx
25279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25280 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25288 \begin_layout Standard
25289 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25290 LyX allows you to choose between
25311 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25314 \begin_layout Chapter
25318 \begin_layout Section
25320 \begin_inset Index idx
25323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25330 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25332 name "sec:Cross-References"
25339 \begin_layout Standard
25340 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
25341 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25343 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25344 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
25345 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25348 \begin_layout Enumerate
25352 \begin_layout Enumerate
25353 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25355 name "enu:Second-item"
25362 \begin_layout Enumerate
25366 \begin_layout Standard
25367 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25369 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25372 or by pressing the toolbar button
25379 A grey label box like this:
25380 \begin_inset Graphics
25381 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25386 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25387 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25422 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25423 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25427 \begin_inset space \space{}
25430 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
25431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25445 \begin_layout Standard
25446 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25448 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25451 or the toolbar button
25454 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
25458 A grey cross-reference box like this:
25459 \begin_inset Graphics
25460 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25465 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25467 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25480 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25484 \begin_layout Standard
25487 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25490 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25495 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
25496 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25498 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25504 \begin_layout Standard
25505 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25506 \begin_inset space ~
25510 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25512 reference "enu:Second-item"
25519 \begin_layout Standard
25520 It is recommended to use a protected space
25524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25525 described in section
25526 \begin_inset space ~
25530 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25532 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25541 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
25545 \begin_layout Standard
25546 There are six varieties of cross-references:
25549 \begin_layout Description
25550 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25551 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25553 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25560 \begin_layout Description
25561 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25562 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25572 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25574 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25581 \begin_layout Description
25582 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25583 \begin_inset space ~
25587 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25588 LatexCommand pageref
25589 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25596 \begin_layout Description
25598 \begin_inset space ~
25602 \begin_inset space ~
25605 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25606 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25607 LatexCommand vpageref
25608 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25615 \begin_layout Description
25617 \begin_inset space ~
25621 \begin_inset space ~
25625 \begin_inset space ~
25628 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25629 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25631 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25638 \begin_layout Description
25640 \begin_inset space ~
25643 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25644 \begin_inset Newline newline
25648 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25656 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25665 \begin_inset Index idx
25668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25669 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25675 \begin_inset Index idx
25678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25679 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25690 \begin_inset Newline newline
25693 You can select which LaTeX-package should be used for this feature by setting
25696 Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
25700 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25701 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25705 The format is specified by adding the command
25717 (refstyle) to the preamble of the document.
25718 For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
25720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25731 ) can be done with this command
25732 \begin_inset Newline newline
25739 newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page
25744 \begin_inset Newline newline
25747 For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations
25749 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25751 key "prettyref,refstyle"
25758 \begin_layout Description
25760 \begin_inset space ~
25763 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
25764 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25765 LatexCommand nameref
25766 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25773 \begin_layout Standard
25778 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25781 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25785 \begin_inset space \space{}
25789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25797 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25803 <reference> on page <page>
25805 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25808 \begin_layout Standard
25809 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25810 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25811 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25815 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25819 \begin_layout Standard
25820 You can only use the style
25824 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25828 is always possible.
25831 \begin_layout Standard
25832 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25833 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25835 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25836 \begin_inset space ~
25840 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25842 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25849 \begin_layout Standard
25850 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25854 \begin_inset space ~
25858 \begin_inset space ~
25863 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25864 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25867 \begin_inset space ~
25872 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25873 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25876 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
25882 \begin_layout Standard
25883 You can change labels at any time.
25884 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25885 do not need to take care about this.
25888 \begin_layout Standard
25889 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25890 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25893 \begin_layout Standard
25894 References are described in detail in sec.
25895 \begin_inset space ~
25899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25909 \begin_inset space ~
25917 \begin_layout Section
25918 Table of Contents and other Listings
25919 \begin_inset Index idx
25922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25929 \begin_inset Index idx
25932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25939 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25948 \begin_layout Subsection
25950 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25952 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25959 \begin_layout Standard
25960 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25962 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25963 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25965 \begin_inset space ~
25969 \begin_inset space ~
25975 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25976 If you click on it, the
25980 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25981 sections in your documents.
25982 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25984 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25987 that is described in sec.
25988 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25992 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25994 reference "sec:Navigating"
26001 \begin_layout Standard
26002 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
26003 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
26005 \begin_inset space ~
26009 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26011 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
26015 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
26017 \begin_inset space ~
26021 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26023 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
26027 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
26029 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
26032 \begin_layout Subsection
26033 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
26034 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26036 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
26043 \begin_layout Standard
26044 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
26045 You can insert them via the
26047 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26049 \begin_inset space ~
26053 \begin_inset space ~
26059 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
26062 \begin_layout Section
26063 URLs and Hyperlinks
26064 \begin_inset Index idx
26067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26074 \begin_inset Index idx
26077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26086 \begin_layout Subsection
26088 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26097 \begin_layout Standard
26098 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
26100 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26106 \begin_layout Standard
26107 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
26108 \begin_inset Flex URL
26111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26121 \begin_layout Standard
26122 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
26128 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
26132 \begin_layout Standard
26133 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26141 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
26149 \begin_layout Subsection
26151 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26153 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
26160 \begin_layout Standard
26161 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
26163 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26166 or with the toolbar button
26173 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26182 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26183 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26184 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26186 name "LyX's homepage"
26187 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26191 , an Email address like this:
26192 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26194 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26195 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26200 , or a link to a file.
26203 \begin_layout Standard
26204 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
26206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26217 to the link target.
26220 \begin_layout Standard
26221 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26222 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26223 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26224 the text style dialog.
26225 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26229 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26231 name "LyX's homepage"
26232 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26239 \begin_layout Standard
26240 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26244 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26246 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26247 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26251 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26253 \begin_inset Newline newline
26261 \begin_inset Newline newline
26268 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26271 \begin_layout Section
26273 \begin_inset Index idx
26276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26283 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26285 name "sec:Appendices"
26292 \begin_layout Standard
26293 Appendices are created with the menu
26295 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26297 \begin_inset space ~
26301 \begin_inset space ~
26307 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26308 as the appendix region.
26309 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26312 \begin_layout Standard
26313 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26314 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26315 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26316 and the subsection number.
26317 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26321 \begin_layout Standard
26323 \begin_inset space ~
26327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26329 reference "cha:Credits"
26334 \begin_inset space ~
26338 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26340 reference "sub:Export"
26347 \begin_layout Section
26349 \begin_inset Index idx
26352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26359 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26361 name "sec:Bibliography"
26368 \begin_layout Standard
26369 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26370 You can include a bibliography database,
26374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26375 Known under the name
26376 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26380 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26388 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26389 manually, using the paragraph environment
26393 , which was described in section
26394 \begin_inset space ~
26398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26400 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26405 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26406 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26410 use a bibliography database.
26413 \begin_layout Subsection
26414 The Bibliography Environment
26417 \begin_layout Standard
26422 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26424 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26433 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26435 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26444 , a short form of its title, as key.
26447 \begin_layout Standard
26448 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26450 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26453 or the toolbar button
26456 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
26460 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26461 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26462 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26463 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26467 \begin_layout Standard
26468 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26469 entry with surrounding brackets.
26474 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26475 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26487 \begin_layout Standard
26490 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26493 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26495 key "latexcompanion"
26502 \begin_layout Standard
26503 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26504 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26513 \begin_layout Subsection
26514 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26515 \begin_inset Index idx
26518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26519 Bibliography ! Databases
26525 \begin_inset Index idx
26528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26529 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26535 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26537 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26544 \begin_layout Standard
26545 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26551 They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning
26553 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26554 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26559 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26561 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26562 your working field in a database.
26563 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
26564 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
26566 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26570 \begin_layout Standard
26571 The database is a text file with the file extension
26572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26583 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26584 The format is explained in
26585 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26591 and in LaTeX books (
26592 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26594 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26599 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26600 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26601 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26602 \begin_inset Flex URL
26605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26607 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26615 \begin_layout Standard
26616 To use a database, use the menu
26618 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26623 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26636 \begin_inset space ~
26642 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
26643 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26646 Add bibliography to TOC
26648 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26653 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
26654 in the document or just the cited references.
26657 \begin_layout Standard
26658 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26659 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26667 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26670 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26671 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26672 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26674 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26680 For information how this is done, have a look at
26681 \begin_inset Newline newline
26685 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26687 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26699 \begin_layout Standard
26700 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26703 \begin_layout Standard
26704 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26705 You can choose which of its variants should be used by LyX as processor;
26706 either in the document settings under
26710 or in LyX's preferences under
26712 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26727 The following variants are possible:
26730 \begin_layout Description
26731 biber provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory, does not work with
26732 other bibliography packages (like e.
26733 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26737 \begin_inset space ~
26744 ), only with the package
26748 ; recommended for multilingual texts and for languages that don't use Latin
26752 \begin_layout Description
26753 bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries
26754 that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works
26755 with all bibliography packages, except of
26760 \begin_layout Description
26761 bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in a 8-bit encoding,
26766 , works with all.bibliography packages
26769 \begin_layout Standard
26770 BibTeX can be controlled with options that you can add below the specification
26772 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26778 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26787 \begin_layout Standard
26788 When you select the option
26790 Sectioned bibliography
26794 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26797 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26798 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26800 Customizing Bibliographies
26808 Additional Features
26813 \begin_layout Standard
26814 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26815 the two methods of creating them.
26816 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26817 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26818 We used the style file
26822 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26825 \begin_layout Subsection
26826 Bibliography layout
26827 \begin_inset Index idx
26830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26831 Bibliography ! Layout
26839 \begin_layout Standard
26840 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26841 For this feature you need to enable the option
26847 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26851 \begin_inset Index idx
26854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26855 Document ! Settings
26865 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26866 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26867 in the previous section.
26870 \begin_layout Standard
26871 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
26872 in the citation reference window.
26873 Here an example where we set the text
26874 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26878 \begin_inset space ~
26882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26885 to appear after the reference:
26888 \begin_layout Standard
26890 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26893 key "latexcompanion"
26900 \begin_layout Section
26902 \begin_inset Index idx
26905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26912 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26921 \begin_layout Standard
26922 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26924 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26926 \begin_inset space ~
26931 or the toolbar button
26939 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26950 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26951 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26952 by LyX as the index entry.
26955 \begin_layout Standard
26956 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
26957 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
26959 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26961 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
26968 \begin_layout Standard
26969 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
26971 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26973 \begin_inset space ~
26977 \begin_inset space ~
26980 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26982 \begin_inset space ~
26988 A light blue box labeled
26989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27000 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
27001 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
27004 \begin_layout Subsection
27005 Grouping Index Entries
27006 \begin_inset Index idx
27009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27018 \begin_layout Standard
27019 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
27021 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
27022 lists under the entry
27023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27027 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27031 First we create the entry
27032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27040 \begin_inset space ~
27044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27046 reference "sub:Lists"
27051 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
27052 \begin_inset space ~
27056 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27058 reference "sec:Itemize"
27062 , we insert the command
27065 \begin_layout Standard
27071 \begin_layout Standard
27075 \begin_layout Standard
27081 \begin_layout Standard
27082 for the enumerated list in section
27083 \begin_inset space ~
27087 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27089 reference "sec:Enumerate"
27096 \begin_layout Standard
27097 The exclamation mark
27098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27105 marks the grouping levels.
27106 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
27107 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
27108 If we don't have an index entry for
27109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27116 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
27119 \begin_layout Subsection
27121 \begin_inset Index idx
27124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27125 Index ! Page ranges
27133 \begin_layout Standard
27134 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
27136 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
27138 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27142 \begin_inset space \space{}
27145 if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
27147 \begin_inset space ~
27151 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27153 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
27160 \begin_layout Standard
27163 Paragraph environments|(
27166 \begin_layout Standard
27167 and another entry at the end of section
27168 \begin_inset space ~
27172 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27174 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
27181 \begin_layout Standard
27184 Paragraph environments|)
27187 \begin_layout Standard
27189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27212 respectively start and end the index range.
27213 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27214 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27215 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27216 An example is the index entry
27217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27220 Document ! Settings
27221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27227 \begin_layout Subsection
27229 \begin_inset Index idx
27232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27233 Index ! Cross referencing
27241 \begin_layout Standard
27242 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27243 We referred for example in the index entry
27244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27252 \begin_inset space ~
27256 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27258 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27262 ) to the index entry
27263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27270 in the same section using the entry
27273 \begin_layout Standard
27276 GIF|see{Image formats}
27279 \begin_layout Standard
27280 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27281 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27282 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27285 \begin_layout Subsection
27287 \begin_inset Index idx
27290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27291 Index ! Entry order
27299 \begin_layout Standard
27300 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
27301 then not follow the rules for the index order.
27302 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
27306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27307 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27309 \begin_inset space ~
27313 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27315 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27324 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
27325 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27326 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27330 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27334 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27350 \begin_inset Index idx
27353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27354 Dummy entries ! maïs
27360 \begin_inset Index idx
27363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27364 Dummy entries ! maître
27370 \begin_inset Index idx
27373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27374 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27379 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
27380 order maïs, maison, maître.
27381 To achieve this, we use the command
27384 \begin_layout Standard
27387 previous entry@current entry
27390 \begin_layout Standard
27391 In our case we want to have
27392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27400 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27407 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27410 \begin_layout Standard
27416 \begin_layout Standard
27417 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
27418 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
27422 \begin_layout Standard
27423 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27429 \begin_layout Standard
27430 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27435 to generate the index (see sec.
27436 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27440 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27442 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27451 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27453 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27459 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27463 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27464 index commands start with
27465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27477 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27482 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27485 \begin_layout Standard
27497 \begin_layout Standard
27509 \begin_layout Subsection
27511 \begin_inset Index idx
27514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27515 Index ! Entry layout
27523 \begin_layout Standard
27524 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27525 \begin_inset Index idx
27528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27531 This is an italic dummy entry
27536 You can also format the page number using the character
27537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27544 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27545 We can write for example
27548 \begin_layout Standard
27551 italic page number:|textit
27554 \begin_layout Standard
27555 to get the page number in italic.
27556 \begin_inset Index idx
27559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27560 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27565 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27575 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27583 \begin_inset space ~
27589 Have a look at section
27590 \begin_inset space ~
27594 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27596 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27600 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27603 \begin_layout Standard
27604 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27612 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27616 to generate the index, see sec.
27617 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27621 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27623 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27632 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27633 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before they
27635 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27638 key "latexcompanion"
27650 \begin_layout Standard
27651 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27653 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27654 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
27655 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27656 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27657 If so, put the following in the preamble
27660 \begin_layout Standard
27672 \begin_layout Standard
27676 \begin_layout Standard
27682 \begin_layout Standard
27683 in the index entry.
27684 \begin_inset Index idx
27687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27688 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27693 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27694 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27695 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27698 \begin_layout Standard
27699 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27701 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27705 \begin_inset space \space{}
27708 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27709 for all index entries.
27710 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27722 documentation for details,
27723 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27725 key "makeindex,xindy"
27732 \begin_layout Subsection
27734 \begin_inset Index idx
27737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27744 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27746 name "sub:Index-Program"
27753 \begin_layout Standard
27754 If the index entry program
27758 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27762 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27771 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27772 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27773 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27774 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27775 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27785 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27786 dialog, see section
27787 \begin_inset space ~
27791 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27793 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27798 The available options are listed and explained in
27799 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27801 key "makeindex,xindy"
27806 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27810 \begin_layout Standard
27811 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27812 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27815 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27816 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27820 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27821 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27824 \begin_layout Subsection
27828 \begin_layout Standard
27829 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
27830 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27838 next to the standard index.
27839 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27840 packages that add this feature.
27846 \begin_inset Index idx
27849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27850 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27855 package to generate multiple indexes.
27856 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27857 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX-catalogue,
27858 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27865 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27866 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27867 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27870 \begin_layout Standard
27871 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27873 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27874 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27881 Use multiple Indexes
27882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27886 Note that the list of
27887 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27891 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27894 below already contains the standard index.
27895 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27896 also appear as a heading) to the
27897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27904 input field and press the
27905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27913 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
27914 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
27915 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
27916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27919 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27925 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
27926 indexes in the LyX work area.
27929 \begin_layout Standard
27930 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27933 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27935 \begin_inset space ~
27939 \begin_inset space ~
27948 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
27949 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
27950 are some additional features:
27953 \begin_layout Itemize
27954 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
27955 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
27958 \begin_layout Itemize
27959 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
27960 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
27961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27965 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27969 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
27971 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27974 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
27975 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
27976 to the non-subindexes.
27979 \begin_layout Section
27980 Nomenclature / Glossary
27981 \begin_inset Index idx
27984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27991 \begin_inset Index idx
27994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28023 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28025 name "sec:Nomenclature"
28032 \begin_layout Standard
28033 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
28034 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
28038 \begin_layout Standard
28039 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
28044 \begin_inset Index idx
28047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28048 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
28054 You find it in the TeX-catalogue,
28055 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28061 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28064 \begin_layout Standard
28065 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
28066 and then use the menu
28068 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28074 \begin_inset space ~
28079 or the toolbar button
28082 arg "nomencl-insert"
28087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28095 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28098 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
28101 \begin_layout Standard
28102 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
28103 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
28104 The second is the description of the symbol.
28107 \begin_layout Standard
28108 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28116 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
28124 \begin_layout Subsection
28125 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
28126 \begin_inset Index idx
28129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28130 Nomenclature ! Layout
28138 \begin_layout Standard
28139 If you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
28143 field as LaTeX-formulas.
28145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28149 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28157 \begin_inset Newline newline
28165 \begin_inset Newline newline
28171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28178 character starts/ends the formula.
28179 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
28181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28191 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
28201 \begin_layout Standard
28202 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
28203 \begin_inset space ~
28207 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28209 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28216 \begin_layout Standard
28220 \begin_inset space ~
28225 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
28226 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28231 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28238 in this document is:
28239 \begin_inset Newline newline
28244 dummy entry for the character
28249 \begin_inset Newline newline
28261 \begin_inset space ~
28271 font use the command
28300 \begin_layout Subsection
28301 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28302 \begin_inset Index idx
28305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28306 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28314 \begin_layout Standard
28315 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28316 the symbol definition.
28317 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28318 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28321 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28322 LatexCommand nomenclature
28324 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28331 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28335 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28336 LatexCommand nomenclature
28339 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28344 They will be sorted by
28345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28367 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28371 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28374 will be sorted before the
28378 since the character
28379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28386 is considered in sorting.
28389 \begin_layout Standard
28390 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28393 \begin_inset space ~
28398 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28399 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28401 For the example given, you can insert
28405 in this field for the
28406 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28413 will be located before
28414 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28420 \begin_layout Standard
28421 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28426 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28435 \begin_layout Subsection
28436 Nomenclature Options
28437 \begin_inset Index idx
28440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28441 Nomenclature ! Options
28449 \begin_layout Standard
28454 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28455 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28458 \begin_layout Description
28459 refeq Appends the phrase
28460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28475 to every nomenclature entry, where
28481 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28484 \begin_layout Description
28485 refpage Appends the phrase
28486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28501 to every nomenclature entry, where
28507 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28510 \begin_layout Description
28511 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28514 \begin_layout Standard
28515 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28516 class options list in the
28518 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28522 In this document the options
28529 \begin_layout Standard
28530 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28536 \begin_layout Standard
28537 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28538 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28543 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28546 \begin_layout Description
28556 \begin_layout Description
28559 nomrefpage Like the
28566 \begin_layout Description
28569 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28578 \begin_layout Description
28582 \begin_inset space ~
28588 \begin_inset space ~
28593 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28596 \begin_layout Standard
28598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28605 are automatically translated for some document languages.
28606 If not, add these lines to your LaTeX preamble:
28609 \begin_layout Standard
28617 eqdeclaration}[1]{, see equation
28620 \begin_inset Newline newline
28627 pagedeclaration}[1]{, page
28632 \begin_inset Newline newline
28636 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28640 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28651 by their translation.
28654 \begin_layout Subsection
28655 Printing the Nomenclature
28656 \begin_inset Index idx
28659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28660 Nomenclature ! Printing
28668 \begin_layout Standard
28669 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28671 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28673 \begin_inset space ~
28677 \begin_inset space ~
28680 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28696 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28697 By right-clicking on it, the amount of space for symbols can be altered.
28698 You can choose between these settings:
28701 \begin_layout Description
28702 Default a space of 1
28703 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28709 \begin_layout Description
28711 \begin_inset space ~
28715 \begin_inset space ~
28718 width the width of the widest symbol of all nomenclature entries is used
28721 \begin_layout Description
28722 Custom custom space
28725 \begin_layout Standard
28726 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28735 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28743 For example, in order to change the name to
28747 , add the following line to the preamble:
28750 \begin_layout Standard
28758 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28761 \begin_layout Subsection
28762 Nomenclature Program
28763 \begin_inset Index idx
28766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28767 Nomenclature ! Program
28773 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28775 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28782 \begin_layout Standard
28783 LyX uses the program
28787 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28788 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28793 by adding options, see section
28794 \begin_inset space ~
28798 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28800 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28805 The available options are listed and explained in
28806 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28808 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28815 \begin_layout Section
28817 \begin_inset Index idx
28820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28827 \begin_inset Index idx
28830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28831 Document ! Branches
28837 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28839 name "sec:Branches"
28846 \begin_layout Standard
28847 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28848 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28849 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28850 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28853 \begin_layout Standard
28854 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28855 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28856 To create a branch, either select the menu
28858 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28859 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28862 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28864 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28871 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28872 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28873 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28874 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28875 (see below for an example).
28876 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28877 to the name of the other) and to add
28878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28886 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28890 \begin_inset space ~
28893 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28894 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
28897 \begin_layout Standard
28898 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28899 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28901 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28904 where you can choose a branch.
28905 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28909 \begin_layout Standard
28910 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28911 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
28914 \begin_layout Standard
28915 \begin_inset Branch Question
28918 \begin_layout Standard
28919 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28927 \begin_layout Standard
28928 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28931 \begin_layout Standard
28932 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28940 \begin_layout Standard
28947 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28948 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28951 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
28952 Consider for example a file
28953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28960 which has the above branches.
28962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28969 is active, the PDF export file would be called
28970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28990 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28993 branch were inactive,
28994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29009 branch was active, likewise
29010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29025 branch was active, and
29026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29029 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
29030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29033 if both branches were active.
29034 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
29038 \begin_layout Standard
29039 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29045 \begin_layout Standard
29046 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
29047 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
29049 For example you can define for the question branch
29053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29054 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
29055 \begin_inset space ~
29059 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29061 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29073 \begin_layout Standard
29083 \begin_layout Standard
29093 \begin_layout Standard
29094 and for the answer branch
29097 \begin_layout Standard
29107 \begin_layout Standard
29117 \begin_layout Standard
29118 \begin_inset Branch Question
29121 \begin_layout Standard
29125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29153 \begin_layout Standard
29154 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29157 \begin_layout Standard
29161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29189 \begin_layout Standard
29190 Now it is possible to use the commands
29194 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29201 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29204 to obtain conditional output.
29205 Here is an example formula where only the
29212 \begin_inset Formula
29214 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29222 \begin_layout Standard
29223 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29231 \begin_layout Section
29233 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29235 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29240 \begin_inset Index idx
29243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29252 \begin_layout Standard
29257 dialog allows you in the
29261 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29262 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29267 \begin_inset Index idx
29270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29271 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29279 \begin_layout Standard
29284 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29285 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29286 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29288 You can specify in the dialog tab
29292 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29294 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29295 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29299 \begin_layout Standard
29304 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29305 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29306 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29308 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29309 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29311 \begin_inset space ~
29314 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29315 \begin_inset space ~
29318 1 will only display the sections.
29321 \begin_layout Standard
29322 The header information in the dialog tab
29326 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29327 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29328 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29332 \begin_inset space \space{}
29335 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29336 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29339 Automatic fill header
29341 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29342 title and author settings.
29345 \begin_layout Standard
29348 Load in fullscreen mode
29350 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29353 \begin_layout Standard
29354 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29355 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29361 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29362 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29371 \begin_layout Section
29372 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29373 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29375 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29382 \begin_layout Subsection
29384 \begin_inset Index idx
29387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29394 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29396 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29403 \begin_layout Standard
29404 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29405 constructs, but not all.
29406 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
29407 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29408 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29409 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29410 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29414 \begin_layout Standard
29415 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29417 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29419 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29421 \begin_inset space ~
29426 or by the toolbar button
29433 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29437 \begin_layout Standard
29438 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29439 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29440 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29441 using the LaTeX-command
29447 , you can write the command part
29453 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29457 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29458 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29459 the following example:
29462 \begin_layout Standard
29463 \begin_inset Graphics
29464 filename clipart/ERT.png
29472 \begin_layout Standard
29476 \begin_layout Standard
29477 This is a line with a
29481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29504 \begin_layout Standard
29505 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29513 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29514 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29522 \begin_layout Subsection
29523 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29524 \begin_inset Argument
29527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29534 \begin_inset Index idx
29537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29544 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29546 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29553 \begin_layout Standard
29554 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29555 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29556 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29561 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29565 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29566 any time if you know the right commands.
29568 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29572 \begin_inset space \space{}
29575 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29577 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29578 all caption labels bold.
29579 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29581 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29585 \begin_layout Standard
29586 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29587 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29588 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
29590 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29599 \begin_layout Standard
29600 As result you know that the package
29605 \begin_inset Index idx
29608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29609 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29615 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29617 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29623 \begin_layout Standard
29628 usepackage[options]{package name}
29631 \begin_layout Standard
29632 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29633 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
29634 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29637 \begin_layout Standard
29638 In your case the package name is
29643 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29648 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29649 So you add the command
29652 \begin_layout Standard
29657 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29660 \begin_layout Standard
29661 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29666 For more commands provided by the
29670 package, have a look at its documentation,
29671 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29685 \begin_layout Standard
29686 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
29688 For example if you use a
29692 class, you don't need the package
29696 , you can instead write
29699 \begin_layout Standard
29704 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29709 \begin_layout Standard
29710 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29711 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29712 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29719 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29722 \begin_layout Standard
29723 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29724 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29726 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29727 the previous section.
29730 \begin_layout Standard
29731 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29733 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29735 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29742 \begin_layout Standard
29743 \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
29749 \begin_layout Standard
29753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29763 \begin_inset Note Note
29766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29767 switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
29775 \begin_layout Left Header
29776 \begin_inset Argument
29779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29799 \begin_inset Note Note
29802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29803 defines the header line as described below
29811 \begin_layout Center Header
29812 \begin_inset Argument
29815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29824 \begin_layout Right Header
29825 \begin_inset Argument
29828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29849 \begin_layout Left Footer
29850 \begin_inset Argument
29853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29874 \begin_layout Center Footer
29875 \begin_inset Argument
29878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29889 \begin_inset Newline newline
29893 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
29899 \begin_layout Right Footer
29900 \begin_inset Argument
29903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29925 \begin_layout Section
29926 Customized Page Headers and Footers
29927 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29929 name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
29934 \begin_inset Index idx
29937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29938 Document ! Header/Footer line
29944 \begin_inset Index idx
29947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29956 \begin_layout Standard
29957 To define custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
29958 to set the headings style to
29964 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29970 \begin_inset space ~
29976 As second step add in the menu
29978 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29979 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29986 Custom Header/Footerlines
29987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29991 This module offers the 6
29992 \begin_inset space ~
29998 \begin_layout Description
30000 \begin_inset space ~
30004 \begin_inset space ~
30008 \begin_inset space ~
30012 \begin_inset space ~
30016 \begin_inset space ~
30022 \begin_layout Description
30024 \begin_inset space ~
30028 \begin_inset space ~
30032 \begin_inset space ~
30036 \begin_inset space ~
30040 \begin_inset space ~
30046 \begin_layout Standard
30047 for the different positions in the header/footer.
30050 \begin_layout Standard
30051 Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
30052 but you can change them anywhere you want to.
30054 \begin_inset space ~
30058 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30060 reference "fig:Page-layout"
30064 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
30067 \begin_layout Standard
30068 \begin_inset Float figure
30074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30077 \begin_inset Tabular
30078 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
30079 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30080 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30081 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30082 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30084 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
30096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30102 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30113 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30131 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30142 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
30145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30146 The normal text on the page goes here.
30147 The running header is above the text, and the footer is below (including
30149 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
30150 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
30155 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30164 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30175 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30193 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30204 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
30216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30222 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30240 \begin_inset Caption
30242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30243 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30245 name "fig:Page-layout"
30249 Page layout with custom header and footer line.
30262 \begin_layout Subsection
30266 \begin_layout Standard
30267 To define your header line, add all 3
30268 \begin_inset space ~
30272 The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
30273 the optional arguments on even pages.
30274 For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
30276 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
30277 Defining the footer line works similar.
30280 \begin_layout Standard
30281 For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
30284 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30297 \begin_inset space ~
30305 \begin_layout Description
30308 thepage prints the current page number
30311 \begin_layout Description
30314 Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
30317 \begin_layout Description
30320 roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
30323 \begin_layout Description
30326 leftmark prints the current section number and title.
30327 If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
30330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30334 \begin_inset Quotes prd
30337 because it usually goes in a left header.
30340 \begin_layout Description
30343 rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
30344 If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
30346 It is normally used in the right header.
30349 \begin_layout Subsection
30350 Default header/footer
30353 \begin_layout Standard
30354 The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
30355 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
30356 footer has the page number.
30357 In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
30358 relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
30359 So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
30362 \begin_inset space ~
30370 \begin_layout Subsection
30374 \begin_layout Standard
30375 The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
30376 Some pages are different.
30377 The title page has a style of its own, and so has any page that starts
30378 a new part or chapter in your book.
30379 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
30380 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
30381 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
30384 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30385 Header and footer decoration line
30388 \begin_layout Standard
30389 By default, you get a 0.4
30390 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30393 pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
30394 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
30406 in the following scheme:
30409 \begin_layout Standard
30416 headrulewidth}{thickness}
30419 \begin_layout Standard
30420 Where thickness is a size in standard units like
30429 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
30430 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30436 \begin_layout Standard
30437 The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
30438 If you really need this, have a look in the Internet or in sec.
30439 \begin_inset space ~
30443 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30452 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30453 Several header/footer lines
30456 \begin_layout Standard
30457 In case that you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can
30458 do this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
30459 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
30461 To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
30473 in this scheme in your document preamble:
30476 \begin_layout Standard
30483 headheight}{height}
30486 \begin_layout Standard
30487 Where height is a size in standard units.
30488 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
30489 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
30490 Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
30492 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30506 and look via the button
30509 \begin_inset space ~
30514 if you find a warning of the package
30519 \begin_inset Index idx
30522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30523 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
30529 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
30530 for your header/footer.
30533 \begin_layout Subsection
30537 \begin_layout Standard
30538 This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
30539 Don't use it for your document as it is just an example.
30540 This example consists of the following definition:
30543 \begin_layout Description
30545 \begin_inset space ~
30554 , empty optional argument
30557 \begin_layout Description
30559 \begin_inset space ~
30562 Header empty, empty optional argument
30565 \begin_layout Description
30567 \begin_inset space ~
30576 in the optional argument
30579 \begin_layout Description
30581 \begin_inset space ~
30590 in the optional argument
30593 \begin_layout Description
30595 \begin_inset space ~
30607 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30611 \begin_inset Newline newline
30615 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30619 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30622 in the optional argument
30625 \begin_layout Description
30627 \begin_inset space ~
30636 , empty optional argument
30639 \begin_layout Description
30642 headrulewidth set to 2
30643 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30649 \begin_layout Standard
30650 In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except of
30652 For more special things like e.
30653 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30657 \begin_inset space ~
30660 thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
30665 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30674 \begin_layout Standard
30675 \begin_inset Newpage clearpage
30681 \begin_layout Standard
30685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30689 pagestyle{headings}
30695 \begin_inset Note Note
30698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30699 switches back to page style with the default headings
30707 \begin_layout Section
30708 Previewing Snippets of your Document
30709 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30711 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
30716 \begin_inset Index idx
30719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30726 \begin_inset Index idx
30729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30738 \begin_layout Standard
30739 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
30740 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
30741 to break your train of thought with
30743 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30749 \begin_layout Standard
30750 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
30751 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
30756 \begin_inset Index idx
30759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30760 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
30765 as explained below, and turn on
30768 \begin_inset space ~
30775 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30779 \begin_inset space ~
30783 \begin_inset space ~
30786 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30791 \begin_inset space ~
30796 is the multiplication factor for the size.
30799 \begin_layout Standard
30800 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
30802 Previews of an already loaded document are
30806 generated just by selecting the
30809 \begin_inset space ~
30814 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
30817 \begin_layout Standard
30818 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
30819 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
30822 \begin_inset space ~
30827 check box in the insert dialog.
30828 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
30832 \begin_layout Standard
30833 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
30837 (on some systems named simply
30842 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX-catalogue,
30844 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30850 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
30851 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
30859 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
30863 \begin_layout Standard
30864 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
30870 \begin_layout Standard
30871 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
30875 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30877 \begin_inset space ~
30882 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
30883 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
30885 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
30886 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
30887 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
30888 the source view window.
30891 \begin_layout Section
30892 Advanced Find and Replace
30893 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30895 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
30900 \begin_inset Index idx
30903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30910 \begin_inset Index idx
30913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30922 \begin_layout Subsection
30926 \begin_layout Standard
30927 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
30928 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
30929 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
30930 The key-features are:
30933 \begin_layout Itemize
30934 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
30935 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
30936 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
30940 \begin_layout Itemize
30941 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
30942 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
30943 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
30944 a section heading will only be found within section headings
30947 \begin_layout Itemize
30948 Search may be widened to a specific
30953 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30957 \begin_inset space ~
30960 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
30961 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
30968 \begin_layout Itemize
30969 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
30970 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
30971 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30975 \begin_inset space ~
30978 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
30981 \begin_layout Subsection
30985 \begin_layout Standard
30986 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
30989 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31002 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
31005 ) or the toolbar button
31008 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
31014 Advanced Find and Replace
31019 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31023 \begin_layout Standard
31028 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
31033 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
31038 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
31039 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
31040 Pressing repeatedly
31044 keeps searching forward.
31045 Similarly, pressing
31049 searches for the entered text backwards.
31052 \begin_layout Standard
31053 While searching, the
31057 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
31067 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
31070 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31071 Searching for mathematics
31074 \begin_layout Standard
31075 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
31079 editor a mathematical formula, such as
31080 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
31083 or also something more complex like
31084 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
31088 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
31089 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
31090 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
31091 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
31097 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31101 \begin_layout Standard
31102 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
31103 This is done by switching to the
31107 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
31112 This way, entering in the
31119 \begin_layout Itemize
31120 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
31121 in emphasized or boldface.
31124 \begin_layout Itemize
31125 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
31126 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
31127 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
31128 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
31131 \begin_layout Itemize
31132 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
31133 of if only within section headings.
31134 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
31135 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
31139 \begin_layout Itemize
31140 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
31141 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
31144 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31148 \begin_layout Standard
31149 The text segments matching the text entered in the
31153 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
31161 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
31165 button or alternatively
31187 \begin_layout Standard
31188 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
31189 text segments in your document.
31190 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
31194 \begin_layout Itemize
31195 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
31196 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
31197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31204 with its typewriter version
31207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31217 \begin_layout Itemize
31218 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
31220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31224 \begin_inset Formula $R$
31228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31236 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
31240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31243 (you may want to enable the
31251 options and disable the
31259 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
31260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31267 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
31268 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
31272 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
31275 , or occurrences of
31276 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
31280 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
31286 \begin_layout Subsection
31290 \begin_layout Standard
31291 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
31295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31296 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
31298 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31300 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
31309 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
31315 This is done via the menu
31317 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31318 Insert Regular Expression
31320 while the cursor is in the
31325 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
31326 expression matching rules
31330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31331 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
31333 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31337 \begin_inset space ~
31340 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
31341 to match expressions.
31346 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
31347 same text in the document.
31348 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
31349 Examples of using such a feature may be:
31352 \begin_layout Enumerate
31353 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
31358 editor the fraction
31359 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
31363 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31366 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
31367 fractions with the given denominator.
31370 \begin_layout Enumerate
31371 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
31383 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31388 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
31389 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
31391 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31394 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
31395 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
31398 \begin_layout Standard
31399 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
31400 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
31401 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31404 , and referring back to them through
31405 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31409 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
31413 For example, try searching for the regexp
31414 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
31417 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
31420 \begin_layout Standard
31421 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
31422 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
31423 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
31424 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31428 \begin_inset space ~
31432 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31435 always refers to the first occurrence of
31436 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31439 in all entered regexps.
31442 \begin_layout Standard
31443 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
31447 \begin_layout Section
31449 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31451 name "sec:Spellchecking"
31456 \begin_inset Index idx
31459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31468 \begin_layout Standard
31469 LyX has a built-in spell checker.
31472 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31479 or the toolbar button
31482 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
31485 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
31486 A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
31487 you to edit and replace it in a second line.
31488 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
31489 scrolled so that it is visible.
31490 In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
31491 n, if any could be found.
31492 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
31496 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
31497 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
31500 \begin_layout Standard
31501 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
31504 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31508 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
31509 a different one at the top of the dialog.
31510 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
31511 This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
31512 have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
31513 LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
31516 \begin_layout Subsection
31520 \begin_layout Standard
31521 In LyX's preferences dialog under
31524 \begin_inset space ~
31527 Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31530 you can set the following things:
31533 \begin_layout Description
31535 \begin_inset space ~
31538 engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
31539 Depending on your platform,
31553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31554 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
31555 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
31570 \begin_layout Description
31572 \begin_inset space ~
31575 language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
31576 for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
31579 \begin_layout Description
31581 \begin_inset space ~
31584 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
31586 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31590 \begin_inset space \space{}
31594 This should normally not be needed.
31597 \begin_layout Description
31599 \begin_inset space ~
31603 \begin_inset space ~
31606 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
31608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31618 \begin_layout Description
31620 \begin_inset space ~
31623 continuously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
31624 Misspelled words gets underlined with a dotted red line.
31625 By right-clicking on an underlined word, the suggestions by the spell appear
31626 in the context menu.
31627 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
31631 \begin_layout Description
31633 \begin_inset space ~
31637 \begin_inset space ~
31641 \begin_inset space ~
31644 comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
31648 \begin_layout Section
31650 \begin_inset Index idx
31653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31660 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31662 name "sec:Thesaurus"
31669 \begin_layout Standard
31670 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
31671 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
31680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31681 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31683 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
31692 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
31693 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
31694 are available for many languages.
31697 \begin_layout Standard
31698 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
31702 \begin_layout Subsection
31703 Setting up the thesaurus
31706 \begin_layout Standard
31714 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
31719 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
31724 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
31726 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31730 en_EN for English).
31731 For instance, the English files are named:
31734 \begin_layout Itemize
31738 \begin_layout Itemize
31742 \begin_layout Standard
31743 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
31744 already on your system.
31745 If not, you can get dictionaries either from
31746 \begin_inset Flex URL
31749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31751 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
31757 \begin_inset Flex URL
31760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31762 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org/en/search/node/thesaurus
31771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31772 Note that, as of OpenOffice
31773 \begin_inset space ~
31777 \begin_inset Flex URL
31780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31782 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
31787 are usually packed in extension archives (
31791 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
31793 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
31794 unpack a zip archive.
31807 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
31808 s), and specify the path to this directory in
31810 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31811 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31815 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
31818 \begin_layout Subsection
31819 Using the thesaurus
31822 \begin_layout Standard
31823 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
31825 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31828 or the toolbar button
31831 arg "thesaurus-entry"
31834 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
31836 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
31838 The proposals are grouped into categories.
31839 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
31840 and hyponyms (such as
31848 ), compounds (such as
31852 ) and antonyms (such as
31860 ), which are marked as such.
31863 \begin_layout Standard
31864 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
31865 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
31869 \begin_layout Standard
31870 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
31871 the dictionary, such as the above
31875 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
31876 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31880 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
31881 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
31882 For example looking up the word forms
31890 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
31895 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
31896 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31908 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
31909 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
31910 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
31913 \begin_layout Section
31915 \begin_inset Index idx
31918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31925 \begin_inset Index idx
31928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31929 Document ! Change Tracking
31935 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31937 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
31944 \begin_layout Standard
31945 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
31946 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
31947 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
31948 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
31950 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31952 \begin_inset space ~
31955 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31957 \begin_inset space ~
31965 \begin_layout Standard
31966 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
31980 The color depends on the author that made the change.
31981 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
31984 \begin_inset space ~
31988 \begin_inset space ~
31998 \begin_inset Index idx
32001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32002 Color ! Change tracking
32007 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
32008 the cursor is in changed text.
32009 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
32012 arg "changes-merge"
32018 \begin_layout Standard
32019 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
32020 \begin_inset Index idx
32023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32032 \begin_layout Standard
32033 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32039 \begin_layout Standard
32040 \begin_inset Graphics
32041 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
32049 \begin_layout Standard
32050 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32056 \begin_layout Standard
32057 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
32061 \begin_layout Standard
32062 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32068 \begin_layout Standard
32069 \begin_inset Tabular
32070 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
32071 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
32072 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32073 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32074 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32083 arg "changes-track"
32091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32097 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32099 \begin_inset space ~
32102 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32104 \begin_inset space ~
32113 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32122 arg "changes-output"
32130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32136 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32138 \begin_inset space ~
32141 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32143 \begin_inset space ~
32147 \begin_inset space ~
32151 \begin_inset space ~
32160 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32181 Jumps to the next change
32187 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32196 arg "change-accept"
32204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32210 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32212 \begin_inset space ~
32215 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32217 \begin_inset space ~
32226 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32235 arg "change-reject"
32243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32249 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32251 \begin_inset space ~
32254 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32256 \begin_inset space ~
32265 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32274 arg "changes-merge"
32282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32288 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32290 \begin_inset space ~
32293 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32295 \begin_inset space ~
32304 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32313 arg "all-changes-accept"
32321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32327 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32329 \begin_inset space ~
32332 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32334 \begin_inset space ~
32338 \begin_inset space ~
32347 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32356 arg "all-changes-reject"
32364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32370 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32372 \begin_inset space ~
32375 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32377 \begin_inset space ~
32381 \begin_inset space ~
32390 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32413 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32414 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32416 \begin_inset space ~
32425 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32448 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32450 \begin_inset space ~
32466 \begin_layout Standard
32467 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32473 \begin_layout Standard
32474 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
32475 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
32476 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
32477 the next change after the current cursor position.
32478 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
32479 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
32480 step to the next change.
32481 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
32484 \begin_layout Standard
32485 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
32486 to describe a change.
32489 \begin_layout Standard
32490 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
32495 \begin_inset Index idx
32498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32499 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
32505 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
32506 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32512 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
32515 \begin_layout Section
32516 Comparison of Documents
32517 \begin_inset Index idx
32520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32521 Comparison of documents
32529 \begin_layout Standard
32530 You can compare two different LyX files via the menu
32532 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32536 The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
32538 In the comparison dialog you can select with the option
32541 \begin_inset space ~
32545 \begin_inset space ~
32549 \begin_inset space ~
32554 from which document LyX should take the document settings for the the resulting
32559 \begin_inset space ~
32563 \begin_inset space ~
32567 \begin_inset space ~
32571 \begin_inset space ~
32575 \begin_inset space ~
32579 \begin_inset space ~
32584 enables the change tracking option
32587 \begin_inset space ~
32591 \begin_inset space ~
32595 \begin_inset space ~
32600 to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
32603 \begin_layout Section
32604 International Support
32605 \begin_inset Index idx
32608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32609 International support
32617 \begin_layout Standard
32618 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
32619 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
32620 how to set up LyX to use them:
32621 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32623 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
32630 \begin_layout Standard
32631 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
32632 \begin_inset space ~
32636 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32638 reference "sub:Special-Character"
32645 \begin_layout Subsection
32647 \begin_inset Index idx
32650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32657 \begin_inset Index idx
32660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32661 Document ! Settings
32667 \begin_inset Index idx
32670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32671 Document ! Language
32679 \begin_layout Standard
32682 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32685 dialog lets you set
32687 the language and character encoding for your language.
32691 \begin_layout Standard
32692 Choose your language in the
32696 section of this dialog.
32704 \begin_layout Standard
32709 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
32714 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
32715 For details about the different encoding options see section
32716 \begin_inset space ~
32720 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32722 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
32729 \begin_layout Subsection
32730 Keyboard mapping configuration
32731 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32733 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
32740 \begin_layout Standard
32741 If you have for example a U.
32742 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32745 S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you
32746 can use an alternate keymap.
32747 For example, if you have a U.
32748 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32751 S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian, you can configure LyX to
32752 use an Italian keymap.
32753 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
32755 \begin_inset space ~
32759 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32761 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
32766 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
32767 which one you want to use.
32770 \begin_layout Standard
32771 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
32772 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
32773 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
32774 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
32775 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
32776 one to support the characters you want.
32777 This and many other customizations are explained in the
32784 \begin_layout Subsection
32788 \begin_layout Standard
32790 \begin_inset space ~
32794 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32796 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
32805 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
32809 \begin_layout Standard
32810 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
32811 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
32819 \begin_layout Itemize
32820 Even if you have selected
32826 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32829 dialog, users who have only the
32833 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
32837 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
32838 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
32839 french quotes won't show up.
32842 \begin_layout Standard
32843 \begin_inset Float table
32848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32849 \begin_inset Caption
32851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32852 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32854 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
32870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32872 \begin_inset Tabular
32873 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
32874 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
32875 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32876 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32877 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32878 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32879 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32880 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32881 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32882 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32883 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32884 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32885 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32886 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32887 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32888 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32889 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32890 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32891 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37304 \begin_layout Standard
37305 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
37307 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
37308 also the characters from
37320 \begin_layout Itemize
37329 \begin_layout Standard
37330 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
37331 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37337 \begin_layout Standard
37338 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
37339 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37345 \begin_layout Standard
37346 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
37347 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37353 \begin_layout Standard
37354 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
37355 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37361 \begin_layout Standard
37363 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37369 \begin_layout Standard
37371 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37377 \begin_layout Standard
37379 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37386 \begin_layout Itemize
37399 \begin_layout Standard
37401 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37407 \begin_layout Standard
37409 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37415 \begin_layout Standard
37417 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37423 \begin_layout Standard
37425 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37431 \begin_layout Standard
37433 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37439 \begin_layout Standard
37441 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37448 \begin_layout Standard
37449 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
37450 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
37451 Also make sure you're using the
37458 \begin_layout Chapter
37461 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37463 name "chap:The-User-Interface"
37470 \begin_layout Standard
37471 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
37472 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
37473 topic inside the user's guide.
37476 \begin_layout Section
37478 \begin_inset Index idx
37481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37490 \begin_layout Standard
37495 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
37498 \begin_layout Subsection
37502 \begin_layout Standard
37503 Creates a new document.
37506 \begin_layout Subsection
37510 \begin_layout Standard
37511 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
37512 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
37513 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
37516 \begin_layout Subsection
37520 \begin_layout Standard
37524 \begin_layout Subsection
37528 \begin_layout Standard
37529 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
37530 Click there on a file to open it.
37533 \begin_layout Subsection
37537 \begin_layout Standard
37538 Closes the current document.
37541 \begin_layout Subsection
37545 \begin_layout Standard
37546 Closes all opened documents.
37549 \begin_layout Subsection
37553 \begin_layout Standard
37554 Saves the actual document.
37557 \begin_layout Subsection
37561 \begin_layout Standard
37562 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
37565 \begin_layout Subsection
37569 \begin_layout Standard
37570 Saves all opened documents.
37573 \begin_layout Subsection
37577 \begin_layout Standard
37578 Reloads the actual document from disk.
37581 \begin_layout Subsection
37585 \begin_layout Standard
37586 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
37587 It is described in the section
37589 Version Control in LyX
37593 Additional Features
37598 \begin_layout Subsection
37602 \begin_layout Standard
37603 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
37604 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
37605 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
37606 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
37609 \begin_layout Standard
37610 When using the menu entry
37613 \begin_inset space ~
37618 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
37622 \begin_inset space ~
37626 \begin_inset space ~
37631 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
37632 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
37635 \begin_layout Subsection
37637 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37646 \begin_layout Standard
37647 You can export your document to various file formats.
37648 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
37649 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
37650 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
37653 \begin_layout Standard
37654 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
37656 \begin_inset space ~
37660 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37662 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
37669 \begin_layout Description
37675 \begin_inset space ~
37682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37689 yX format of the special LyX
37690 \begin_inset space ~
37693 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK)
37694 \begin_inset Newline newline
37697 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
37700 \begin_layout Description
37701 DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup
37707 \begin_layout Description
37709 \begin_inset space ~
37712 (XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup
37718 \begin_layout Description
37719 DraftDVI LaTeX's native DVI-format.
37720 This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in
37721 files paths or file names in your document.
37722 LyX use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to
37729 \begin_layout Description
37730 DVI DVI-format that also allows to use special characters or spaces in files
37731 paths or file names
37734 \begin_layout Description
37736 \begin_inset space ~
37743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37750 eX) DVI-format using the program
37754 ; supports Unicode and the usage of non-TeX fonts;
37757 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
37760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37765 not all DVI-viewers are currently able to display this output format properly.
37773 \begin_layout Description
37775 \begin_inset space ~
37778 Dot text file with code in the programming language
37782 that is used to draw visualizations of graphs via the program
37787 \begin_layout Description
37788 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
37792 \begin_layout Description
37794 \begin_inset space ~
37798 \begin_inset space ~
37801 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
37805 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
37813 \begin_layout Description
37820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37828 \begin_inset space ~
37839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37852 text file with the LaTeX source that it is compilable with the program
37857 \begin_layout Description
37864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37872 \begin_inset space ~
37877 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
37878 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
37882 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
37885 \begin_layout Description
37892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37900 \begin_inset space ~
37905 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
37906 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
37914 \begin_layout Description
37921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37929 \begin_inset space ~
37940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37953 text file with the LaTeX source that it is compilable with the program
37958 \begin_layout Description
37960 \begin_inset space ~
37964 \begin_inset space ~
37973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37982 TeX) text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the syntax of the
37983 music notation software
37988 \begin_layout Description
37995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38005 \begin_inset space ~
38009 \begin_inset space ~
38012 (zip) creates a zip-archive file that contains your document and all files
38013 that are necessary to compile it (images, child documents, BibTeX files,
38017 \begin_layout Description
38024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38034 \begin_inset space ~
38037 z.y.x LyX-Document in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x (
38038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38053 represent the version number)
38056 \begin_layout Description
38063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38072 yXHTML HTML-format using LyX's internal XHTML engine
38075 \begin_layout Description
38076 NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language
38081 \begin_layout Description
38082 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with
38095 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
38099 \begin_layout Description
38103 \begin_inset space ~
38108 PDF-format using the program
38112 , produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38115 \begin_layout Description
38119 \begin_inset space ~
38126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38135 PDF-format using the program
38139 , produces PDF-files directly
38142 \begin_layout Description
38146 \begin_inset space ~
38151 PDF-format using the program
38155 , produces PDF-files directly
38158 \begin_layout Description
38162 \begin_inset space ~
38167 PDF-format using the program
38171 , produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38174 \begin_layout Description
38178 \begin_inset space ~
38185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38194 PDF-format using the program
38198 , produces PDF-files directly
38201 \begin_layout Description
38205 \begin_inset space ~
38213 \begin_layout Description
38217 \begin_inset space ~
38221 \begin_inset space ~
38226 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
38227 and then exported as text using the program
38232 \begin_layout Description
38237 PostScript format using the program
38242 \begin_layout Description
38243 Sweave text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the statistical
38244 programming language
38257 it is possible to use
38264 \begin_layout Standard
38265 If one of the menu entries
38272 \begin_inset space ~
38281 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38282 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38283 \begin_inset space ~
38287 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38289 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38294 \begin_inset Index idx
38297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38298 Reconfiguration of LyX
38306 \begin_layout Subsection
38310 \begin_layout Standard
38311 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
38312 format or send it to a printer.
38313 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
38314 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
38320 For more information have a look at section
38321 \begin_inset space ~
38325 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38327 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
38334 \begin_layout Subsection
38338 \begin_layout Standard
38339 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
38340 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
38341 prefix, see section
38342 \begin_inset space ~
38346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38348 reference "sec:Paths"
38353 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
38362 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
38363 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
38364 \begin_inset space ~
38368 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38370 reference "sub:Converters"
38377 \begin_layout Subsection
38378 New and Close Window
38381 \begin_layout Standard
38382 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
38385 \begin_layout Subsection
38389 \begin_layout Standard
38390 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
38393 \begin_layout Section
38395 \begin_inset Index idx
38398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38407 \begin_layout Subsection
38411 \begin_layout Standard
38412 Described in section
38413 \begin_inset space ~
38417 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38419 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
38426 \begin_layout Subsection
38427 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
38430 \begin_layout Standard
38431 Described in section
38432 \begin_inset space ~
38436 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38438 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38445 \begin_layout Subsection
38449 \begin_layout Standard
38450 Selects the whole document.
38453 \begin_layout Subsection
38454 Find & Replace (Quick)
38457 \begin_layout Standard
38458 Described in section
38459 \begin_inset space ~
38463 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38465 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38472 \begin_layout Subsection
38473 Find & Replace (Advanced)
38476 \begin_layout Standard
38477 Described in section
38478 \begin_inset space ~
38482 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38484 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
38491 \begin_layout Subsection
38492 Move Paragraph Up/Down
38495 \begin_layout Standard
38496 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
38500 \begin_layout Subsection
38504 \begin_layout Standard
38505 Described in section
38506 \begin_inset space ~
38510 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38512 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
38519 \begin_layout Subsection
38521 \begin_inset Index idx
38524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38525 Paragraph ! Settings
38533 \begin_layout Standard
38534 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
38535 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
38538 \begin_layout Standard
38539 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
38540 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
38542 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38548 \begin_inset space ~
38556 \begin_layout Subsection
38557 Table Settings and Math
38560 \begin_layout Standard
38561 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
38563 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
38564 The properties of tables are described in section
38565 \begin_inset space ~
38569 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38571 reference "sec:Tables"
38575 , the properties of formulas in chapter
38576 \begin_inset space ~
38580 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38582 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
38589 \begin_layout Subsection
38590 Increase / Decrease List Depth
38593 \begin_layout Standard
38594 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
38595 that can be nested.
38596 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
38597 \begin_inset space ~
38601 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38603 reference "sec:Nesting"
38608 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38610 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
38617 \begin_layout Section
38619 \begin_inset Index idx
38622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38631 \begin_layout Standard
38636 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
38637 document with an external program.
38638 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
38639 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
38640 All possible formats are formats listed in section
38641 \begin_inset space ~
38645 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38647 reference "sub:Export"
38652 You should at least see the menu entries
38659 \begin_inset space ~
38665 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38666 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38667 \begin_inset space ~
38671 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38673 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38678 \begin_inset Index idx
38681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38682 Reconfiguration of LyX
38690 \begin_layout Standard
38691 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
38692 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
38693 \begin_inset space ~
38697 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38699 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38704 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
38707 \begin_layout Standard
38708 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
38711 At the bottom of the
38715 menu the opened documents are listed.
38718 \begin_layout Subsection
38719 Open/Close all Insets
38722 \begin_layout Standard
38723 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
38726 \begin_layout Subsection
38727 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
38730 \begin_layout Standard
38731 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
38734 \begin_layout Standard
38735 Math macros are described in the
38742 \begin_layout Subsection
38746 \begin_layout Standard
38747 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
38749 \begin_inset space ~
38753 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38755 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
38762 \begin_layout Subsection
38766 \begin_layout Standard
38767 Opens a window showing console messages.
38768 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
38769 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38772 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
38773 while LaTeX is processing the document,
38776 \begin_layout Subsection
38780 \begin_layout Standard
38781 This menu entry generates the output you have specified as default output
38782 format either in the preferences (see sec.
38783 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38787 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38789 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38793 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38794 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38798 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38800 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38804 ) and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
38805 The default output format is
38808 \begin_inset space ~
38816 \begin_layout Subsection
38817 View (Other Formats)
38820 \begin_layout Standard
38821 With this submenu, you can view your document in alternative output formats.
38824 \begin_layout Subsection
38828 \begin_layout Standard
38829 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
38830 the default output format as described in the previous section) without
38831 opening a new viewer window.
38834 \begin_layout Subsection
38835 Update (Other Formats)
38838 \begin_layout Standard
38839 With this submenu, you can update the view of alternative output formats
38840 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
38843 \begin_layout Subsection
38844 View Master Document
38847 \begin_layout Standard
38848 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
38850 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38854 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38864 \begin_inset space ~
38869 manual for more information on this topic).
38870 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
38871 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
38876 generates the output of the whole book, while
38880 will just output the chapter alone.
38883 \begin_layout Standard
38884 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
38885 in the preferences (see sec.
38886 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38890 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38892 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38896 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38897 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38901 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38903 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38910 \begin_layout Subsection
38911 Update Master Document
38914 \begin_layout Standard
38915 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
38917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38931 \begin_inset space ~
38936 manual for more information on this topic).
38937 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
38938 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
38941 \begin_layout Standard
38942 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
38943 in the preferences (see sec.
38944 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38948 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38950 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38954 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38955 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38959 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38961 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38968 \begin_layout Subsection
38972 \begin_layout Standard
38973 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
38974 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
38975 view the same document, but at different positions.
38976 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
38977 or more documents at the same time.
38978 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
38985 \begin_layout Subsection
38989 \begin_layout Standard
38990 Closes a split view.
38993 \begin_layout Subsection
38997 \begin_layout Standard
38998 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
38999 so that you will see nothing but your text.
39000 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
39001 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
39002 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
39005 \begin_layout Subsection
39007 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39009 name "sub:Toolbars"
39014 \begin_inset Index idx
39017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39026 \begin_layout Standard
39027 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
39028 All toolbars and the
39031 \begin_inset space ~
39036 can be turned on and off.
39041 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
39053 \begin_inset space ~
39062 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
39066 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
39073 \begin_layout Standard
39078 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
39082 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
39083 or when a certain feature is enabled.
39084 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
39085 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
39086 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
39089 \begin_layout Standard
39090 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
39091 \begin_inset space ~
39095 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39097 reference "sec:Toolbars"
39104 \begin_layout Section
39106 \begin_inset Index idx
39109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39118 \begin_layout Subsection
39122 \begin_layout Standard
39123 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
39124 \begin_inset space ~
39128 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39130 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
39141 \begin_layout Subsection
39143 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39145 name "sub:Special-Character"
39152 \begin_layout Standard
39153 Here you can insert the following characters:
39156 \begin_layout Description
39157 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
39158 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
39159 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
39160 \begin_inset Newline newline
39164 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39172 Not all characters will be visible in the
39176 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
39178 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39182 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39184 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39188 ) can display every character.
39196 \begin_layout Description
39197 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
39201 \begin_layout Description
39203 \begin_inset space ~
39207 \begin_inset space ~
39210 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
39211 \begin_inset space ~
39215 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39217 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
39224 \begin_layout Description
39226 \begin_inset space ~
39229 Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote type you selected in the
39232 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39242 \begin_layout Description
39244 \begin_inset space ~
39247 Quote Inserts this quote:
39248 \begin_inset Quotes ers
39254 \begin_layout Description
39256 \begin_inset space ~
39259 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
39263 \begin_layout Description
39265 \begin_inset space ~
39268 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
39272 \begin_layout Description
39274 \begin_inset space ~
39277 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39281 \begin_layout Description
39283 \begin_inset space ~
39287 \begin_inset Index idx
39290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39297 \begin_inset Index idx
39300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39301 Language ! Phonetic symbols
39306 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
39307 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
39308 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
39313 \begin_inset Index idx
39316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39317 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
39323 \begin_inset Newline newline
39326 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
39330 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39338 and this Wiki-page:
39339 \begin_inset Newline newline
39343 \begin_inset Flex URL
39346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39348 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
39356 \begin_layout Subsection
39360 \begin_layout Standard
39361 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
39364 \begin_layout Description
39365 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
39366 \begin_inset script superscript
39368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39377 \begin_layout Description
39378 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
39379 \begin_inset script subscript
39381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39390 \begin_layout Description
39392 \begin_inset space ~
39395 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
39396 \begin_inset space ~
39400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39402 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
39409 \begin_layout Description
39411 \begin_inset space ~
39414 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
39415 \begin_inset space ~
39419 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39421 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
39428 \begin_layout Description
39430 \begin_inset space ~
39433 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
39434 \begin_inset space ~
39438 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39440 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
39447 \begin_layout Description
39449 \begin_inset space ~
39452 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
39453 \begin_inset space ~
39457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39459 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
39466 \begin_layout Description
39468 \begin_inset space ~
39471 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
39472 \begin_inset space ~
39476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39478 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
39485 \begin_layout Description
39487 \begin_inset space ~
39490 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
39491 \begin_inset space ~
39495 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39497 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
39504 \begin_layout Description
39505 Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section
39506 \begin_inset space ~
39510 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39512 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
39519 \begin_layout Description
39521 \begin_inset space ~
39524 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
39525 \begin_inset space ~
39529 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39531 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
39538 \begin_layout Description
39540 \begin_inset space ~
39543 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
39544 \begin_inset space ~
39548 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39550 reference "sub:Ligatures"
39557 \begin_layout Description
39559 \begin_inset space ~
39563 \begin_inset space ~
39566 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
39567 \begin_inset space ~
39571 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39573 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39580 \begin_layout Description
39582 \begin_inset space ~
39585 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
39586 text line to the page border, see section
39587 \begin_inset space ~
39591 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39593 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39600 \begin_layout Description
39602 \begin_inset space ~
39605 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
39606 \begin_inset space ~
39610 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39612 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39619 \begin_layout Description
39621 \begin_inset space ~
39624 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
39625 text page to the page border, described in section
39626 \begin_inset space ~
39630 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39632 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39639 \begin_layout Description
39641 \begin_inset space ~
39644 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
39645 \begin_inset space ~
39649 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39651 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39658 \begin_layout Description
39660 \begin_inset space ~
39664 \begin_inset space ~
39667 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
39668 \begin_inset space ~
39672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39674 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39681 \begin_layout Subsection
39685 \begin_layout Standard
39686 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
39687 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures and tables list are described
39689 \begin_inset space ~
39693 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39695 reference "sec:toc"
39700 The index list is described in section
39701 \begin_inset space ~
39705 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39707 reference "sec:Index"
39711 , the nomenclature in section
39712 \begin_inset space ~
39716 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39718 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
39722 and the BibTeX bibliography in section
39723 \begin_inset space ~
39727 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39729 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
39736 \begin_layout Subsection
39740 \begin_layout Standard
39741 To insert floats, described in section
39742 \begin_inset space ~
39746 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39748 reference "sec:Floats"
39755 \begin_layout Subsection
39759 \begin_layout Standard
39760 To insert notes, described in section
39761 \begin_inset space ~
39765 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39767 reference "sec:Notes"
39774 \begin_layout Subsection
39778 \begin_layout Standard
39779 Inserts branch insets as described in section
39780 \begin_inset space ~
39784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39786 reference "sec:Branches"
39793 \begin_layout Subsection
39797 \begin_layout Standard
39798 Inserts document class-specific insets.
39799 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
39801 An example is the document class
39802 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39809 with three custom insets.
39812 Flex insets and InsetLayout
39818 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
39821 \begin_layout Subsection
39823 \begin_inset Index idx
39826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39835 \begin_layout Standard
39836 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
39837 files in your document.
39838 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
39845 \begin_inset space ~
39853 \begin_layout Subsection
39855 \begin_inset Index idx
39858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39867 \begin_layout Standard
39868 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
39869 \begin_inset space ~
39873 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39875 reference "sec:Minipages"
39880 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
39887 \begin_inset space ~
39895 \begin_layout Subsection
39899 \begin_layout Standard
39900 Inserts a citation as described in section
39901 \begin_inset space ~
39905 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39907 reference "sec:Bibliography"
39914 \begin_layout Subsection
39918 \begin_layout Standard
39919 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
39920 \begin_inset space ~
39924 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39926 reference "sec:Cross-References"
39933 \begin_layout Subsection
39937 \begin_layout Standard
39938 Inserts a label as described in section
39939 \begin_inset space ~
39943 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39945 reference "sec:Cross-References"
39952 \begin_layout Subsection
39954 \begin_inset Index idx
39957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39964 \begin_inset Index idx
39967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39968 Longtables ! Caption
39976 \begin_layout Standard
39977 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
39978 Floats are described in section
39979 \begin_inset space ~
39983 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39985 reference "sec:Floats"
39989 , captions in longtables are described in the section
39996 \begin_inset space ~
40004 \begin_layout Subsection
40008 \begin_layout Standard
40009 Inserts an index entry as described in section
40010 \begin_inset space ~
40014 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40016 reference "sec:Index"
40023 \begin_layout Subsection
40027 \begin_layout Standard
40028 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
40029 \begin_inset space ~
40033 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40035 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40042 \begin_layout Subsection
40046 \begin_layout Standard
40048 Tables are described in section
40049 \begin_inset space ~
40053 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40055 reference "sec:Tables"
40062 \begin_layout Subsection
40066 \begin_layout Standard
40068 Graphics are described in section
40069 \begin_inset space ~
40073 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40075 reference "sec:Graphics"
40082 \begin_layout Subsection
40086 \begin_layout Standard
40087 Inserts an URL as described in section
40088 \begin_inset space ~
40092 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40094 reference "sub:URLs"
40101 \begin_layout Subsection
40105 \begin_layout Standard
40106 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
40107 \begin_inset space ~
40111 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40113 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
40120 \begin_layout Subsection
40124 \begin_layout Standard
40125 Inserts a footnote, see section
40126 \begin_inset space ~
40130 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40132 reference "sec:Footnotes"
40139 \begin_layout Subsection
40143 \begin_layout Standard
40144 Inserts a marginal note, see section
40145 \begin_inset space ~
40149 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40151 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
40158 \begin_layout Subsection
40162 \begin_layout Standard
40163 Inserts a short title, see section
40164 \begin_inset space ~
40168 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40170 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
40177 \begin_layout Subsection
40181 \begin_layout Standard
40182 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
40183 \begin_inset space ~
40187 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40189 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
40196 \begin_layout Subsection
40198 \begin_inset Index idx
40201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40210 \begin_layout Standard
40211 Inserts a program listings box.
40212 Program listings are explained in the chapter
40214 Program Code Listings
40219 \begin_inset space ~
40227 \begin_layout Subsection
40231 \begin_layout Standard
40232 Inserts the actual date.
40233 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
40235 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
40243 \begin_inset space ~
40251 \begin_layout Section
40253 \begin_inset Index idx
40256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40265 \begin_layout Standard
40266 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
40267 \begin_inset space ~
40270 of the current document.
40271 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
40274 \begin_layout Subsection
40278 \begin_layout Standard
40279 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
40280 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
40282 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40286 \begin_inset space \space{}
40290 \begin_inset space ~
40294 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
40295 \begin_inset space ~
40298 2.5 and use the menu
40301 \begin_inset space ~
40305 \begin_inset space ~
40312 \begin_inset space ~
40318 \begin_inset space ~
40322 \begin_inset space ~
40328 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
40332 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
40338 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
40344 \begin_layout Standard
40345 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
40346 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
40349 \begin_layout Subsection
40350 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
40353 \begin_layout Standard
40354 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
40358 \begin_layout Subsection
40362 \begin_layout Standard
40363 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
40364 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
40365 on a cross-reference box.
40368 \begin_layout Subsection
40372 \begin_layout Standard
40373 This feature allows you to directly jump to the corresponding text part
40374 in the output, see section
40377 \begin_inset space ~
40385 \begin_inset space ~
40390 manual for a detailed description.
40393 \begin_layout Section
40395 \begin_inset Index idx
40398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40407 \begin_layout Subsection
40411 \begin_layout Standard
40412 Change Tracking is described in section
40413 \begin_inset space ~
40417 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40419 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40426 \begin_layout Subsection
40431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40441 \begin_layout Standard
40442 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
40444 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
40447 \begin_layout Standard
40448 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
40453 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
40456 \begin_layout Subsection
40460 \begin_layout Standard
40461 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
40462 \begin_inset space ~
40466 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40468 reference "sec:Navigating"
40473 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40475 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
40482 \begin_layout Subsection
40483 Start Appendix Here
40486 \begin_layout Standard
40487 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
40488 position as described in section
40489 \begin_inset space ~
40493 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40495 reference "sec:Appendices"
40502 \begin_layout Subsection
40506 \begin_layout Standard
40507 Un/compresses the current document.
40510 \begin_layout Subsection
40514 \begin_layout Standard
40515 The document settings are described in appendix
40516 \begin_inset space ~
40520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40522 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
40529 \begin_layout Section
40531 \begin_inset Index idx
40534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40543 \begin_layout Subsection
40547 \begin_layout Standard
40548 Spell checking is explained in section
40549 \begin_inset space ~
40553 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40555 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40562 \begin_layout Subsection
40566 \begin_layout Standard
40567 The thesaurus is described in section
40568 \begin_inset space ~
40572 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40574 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
40581 \begin_layout Subsection
40583 \begin_inset Index idx
40586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40593 \begin_inset Index idx
40596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40605 \begin_layout Standard
40606 Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted
40610 \begin_layout Subsection
40612 \begin_inset Index idx
40615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40624 \begin_layout Standard
40625 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
40628 \begin_layout Subsection
40630 \begin_inset Index idx
40633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40634 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
40638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40645 Reconfiguration of LyX
40649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40662 \begin_inset Index idx
40665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40666 Reconfiguration of LyX
40674 \begin_layout Standard
40675 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
40676 and needed programs it needs; see also section
40677 \begin_inset space ~
40681 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40683 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
40690 \begin_layout Subsection
40694 \begin_layout Standard
40695 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
40696 \begin_inset space ~
40700 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40702 reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
40709 \begin_layout Section
40711 \begin_inset Index idx
40714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40723 \begin_layout Standard
40724 This menu lists the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
40726 Is a file not available in this language, the English version will be listed.
40729 \begin_layout Standard
40733 \begin_inset space ~
40738 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
40739 found by LyX (see also section
40740 \begin_inset space ~
40744 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40746 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
40753 \begin_layout Section
40755 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40757 name "sec:Toolbars"
40764 \begin_layout Standard
40765 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
40766 \begin_inset space ~
40770 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40772 reference "sub:Toolbars"
40779 \begin_layout Standard
40780 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
40781 This is described in the
40783 Additional Features
40788 \begin_layout Subsection
40790 \begin_inset Index idx
40793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40802 \begin_layout Standard
40803 \begin_inset Graphics
40804 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
40812 \begin_layout Standard
40813 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40819 \begin_layout Standard
40820 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
40825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40837 \begin_inset Note Note
40840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40841 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
40846 manual for more information.
40854 \begin_layout Standard
40855 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40861 \begin_layout Standard
40862 \begin_inset Tabular
40863 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
40864 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40865 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40866 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40872 \begin_inset Graphics
40873 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
40883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40887 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
40900 \begin_layout Standard
40901 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
40907 \begin_layout Standard
40909 \begin_inset Tabular
40910 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
40911 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40912 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40913 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40914 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40937 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40944 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40967 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40974 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40997 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41004 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41013 arg "dialog-show print"
41021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41027 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41034 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41043 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
41051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41057 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41064 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41087 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41094 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41117 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41124 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41147 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41154 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41177 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41184 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41207 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41214 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41223 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
41231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41237 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41239 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41243 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41252 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41261 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
41269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41275 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41276 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41283 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41304 Emphasize text, function of the
41306 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41308 \begin_inset space ~
41319 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41340 Set text to noun style, function of the
41342 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41344 \begin_inset space ~
41355 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41364 arg "textstyle-apply"
41372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41376 Formats text using the current settings in the
41378 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41380 \begin_inset space ~
41391 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41414 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41415 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41417 \begin_inset space ~
41426 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41435 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
41443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41449 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41456 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41463 arg "tabular-insert"
41471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41477 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41484 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41493 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
41501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41505 Toggle outline window on/off,
41507 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41514 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41523 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
41531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41535 Toggle math toolbar on/off
41541 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41550 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
41558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41562 Toggle table toolbar on/off
41575 \begin_layout Subsection
41577 \begin_inset Index idx
41580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41589 \begin_layout Standard
41590 \begin_inset Graphics
41591 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
41599 \begin_layout Standard
41600 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41606 \begin_layout Standard
41607 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41611 \begin_layout Standard
41612 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41618 \begin_layout Standard
41619 \begin_inset Tabular
41620 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
41621 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41622 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41623 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41624 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41651 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41660 arg "layout Enumerate"
41668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41678 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41687 arg "layout Itemize"
41695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41705 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41732 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41741 arg "layout Description"
41749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41759 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41768 arg "depth-increment"
41776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41782 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41784 \begin_inset space ~
41788 \begin_inset space ~
41797 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41806 arg "depth-decrement"
41814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41820 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41822 \begin_inset space ~
41826 \begin_inset space ~
41835 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41844 arg "float-insert figure"
41852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41858 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41859 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41866 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41875 arg "float-insert table"
41883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41889 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41890 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41897 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41920 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41927 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41936 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
41944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41950 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41957 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41966 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
41974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41980 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41987 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42010 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42012 \begin_inset space ~
42021 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42030 arg "nomencl-insert"
42038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42044 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42046 \begin_inset space ~
42055 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42064 arg "footnote-insert"
42072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42078 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42085 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42094 arg "marginalnote-insert"
42102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42108 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42110 \begin_inset space ~
42119 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42142 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42143 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42145 \begin_inset space ~
42154 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42163 arg "box-insert Frameless"
42171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42177 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42184 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42207 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42214 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42237 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42254 \begin_inset space ~
42263 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42272 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
42280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42286 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42287 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42294 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42303 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
42311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42317 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42318 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42320 \begin_inset space ~
42329 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42338 arg "dialog-show character"
42346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42352 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42354 \begin_inset space ~
42363 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42372 arg "layout-paragraph"
42380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42386 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42388 \begin_inset space ~
42397 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42406 arg "thesaurus-entry"
42414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42420 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42434 \begin_layout Subsection
42435 View / Update Toolbar
42436 \begin_inset Index idx
42439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42440 Toolbar ! View / Update
42448 \begin_layout Standard
42449 \begin_inset Graphics
42450 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
42457 \begin_layout Standard
42458 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42464 \begin_layout Standard
42465 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
42469 \begin_layout Standard
42470 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42476 \begin_layout Standard
42477 \begin_inset Tabular
42478 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
42479 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42480 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42481 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42482 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42505 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42512 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42521 arg "buffer-update"
42529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42535 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42542 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42551 arg "master-buffer-view"
42559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42565 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42572 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42581 arg "master-buffer-update"
42589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42595 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42597 \begin_inset space ~
42606 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42615 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
42623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42629 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42630 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42631 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42632 Synchronize with Output
42638 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42643 \begin_inset Graphics
42644 filename ../images/view-others.png
42646 groupId toolbarbuttons
42657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42663 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42664 View (Other Formats)
42670 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42675 \begin_inset Graphics
42676 filename ../images/update-others.png
42678 groupId toolbarbuttons
42687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42693 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42694 Update (Other Formats)
42707 \begin_layout Standard
42708 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
42712 \begin_layout Subsection
42716 \begin_layout Standard
42717 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
42718 \begin_inset space ~
42722 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42724 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
42728 , the table toolbar
42729 \begin_inset Index idx
42732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42741 \begin_inset space ~
42746 manual, the math macro toolbar
42747 \begin_inset Index idx
42750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42763 \begin_layout Chapter
42764 The Document Settings
42765 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42767 name "chap:The-Document-Settings"
42772 \begin_inset Index idx
42775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42776 Document ! Settings
42784 \begin_layout Standard
42785 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
42786 whole document and is called with the menu
42788 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42792 You can save your document settings as default with th
42794 e Save as Document Defaults
42796 button in the dialog.
42797 This will create a template named
42801 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
42805 \begin_layout Standard
42806 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
42809 \begin_layout Section
42813 \begin_layout Standard
42814 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
42816 Document classes are described in section
42817 \begin_inset space ~
42821 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42823 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
42828 Some classes use some class options by default.
42829 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
42833 and you can decide to use them or not.
42834 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
42835 recommended not to touch them.
42840 is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout packages.
42845 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
42846 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
42851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42852 When you want to use one of the following drivers
42853 \begin_inset Newline newline
42858 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
42861 \begin_inset Newline newline
42864 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
42865 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42869 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42871 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
42883 \begin_layout Standard
42884 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
42885 child or subdocument.
42886 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
42887 without its master.
42888 This way child documents are always compilable.
42889 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
42896 \begin_inset space ~
42904 \begin_layout Standard
42905 There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the LaTeX-package
42915 \begin_inset Index idx
42918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42919 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
42925 \begin_inset Index idx
42928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42929 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
42934 for cross-references, see sec.
42935 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42939 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42941 reference "sec:Cross-References"
42948 \begin_layout Section
42952 \begin_layout Standard
42953 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
42954 Please refer to the section
42957 \begin_inset space ~
42965 \begin_inset space ~
42970 manual for details.
42973 \begin_layout Section
42977 \begin_layout Standard
42978 Modules are explained in section
42979 \begin_inset space ~
42983 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42985 reference "sub:Modules"
42992 \begin_layout Section
42996 \begin_layout Standard
42998 \begin_inset space ~
43002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43004 reference "sub:Local-Layout"
43011 \begin_layout Section
43015 \begin_layout Standard
43016 The document font settings are described in section
43017 \begin_inset space ~
43021 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43023 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
43030 \begin_layout Section
43034 \begin_layout Standard
43035 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
43037 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
43041 \begin_layout Standard
43042 Note that LyX will not show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
43043 That is impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
43044 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
43047 \begin_layout Section
43051 \begin_layout Standard
43052 A description of this menu is given in section
43053 \begin_inset space ~
43057 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43059 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
43064 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43066 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
43073 \begin_layout Section
43077 \begin_layout Standard
43078 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
43079 \begin_inset space ~
43083 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43085 reference "sub:Margins"
43092 \begin_layout Section
43094 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43096 name "sec:Language-encodings"
43101 \begin_inset Index idx
43104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43105 Language ! Encoding
43113 \begin_layout Standard
43114 The document language and quote styles are set here.
43115 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
43116 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
43117 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
43118 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
43119 known for a particular character).
43123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43124 The known commands are defined in a text file (
43129 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
43134 manual for details.
43142 \begin_layout Standard
43143 If you use the option
43147 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
43148 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
43149 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
43150 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
43151 exactly one encoding.
43152 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
43155 \begin_layout Standard
43156 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
43157 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
43158 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
43159 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
43160 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
43161 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
43166 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
43167 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
43168 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
43169 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
43170 engines to standard LaTeX.
43171 Both engines support Unicode natively.
43172 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
43175 \begin_inset space ~
43182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43194 \begin_inset space ~
43201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43213 \begin_inset space ~
43219 \begin_inset space ~
43223 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43225 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
43230 So if you are using many special or accented characters and
43234 fails, you might try out one of these new engines.
43237 \begin_layout Standard
43241 \begin_inset space ~
43246 determines the LaTeX-package that is used for hyphenation and the translation
43248 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43252 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43256 The possible settings are:
43259 \begin_layout Description
43260 Default is the package
43265 \begin_inset Index idx
43268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43269 LaTeX-packages ! babel
43277 \begin_layout Description
43278 Automatic selects the most suitable language package for the view/export
43279 format you will use.
43280 For example for the XeTeX formats the package
43285 \begin_inset Index idx
43288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43289 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
43294 will be used instead of
43301 \begin_layout Description
43303 \begin_inset space ~
43306 Babel uses in every case
43313 \begin_layout Description
43314 Custom allows you to specify a language package command of your choice.
43315 For example if you want to use a language-specific package like
43319 (for German texts), type in
43322 \begin_inset Newline newline
43327 usepackage{ngerman}
43330 \begin_layout Description
43331 None will not use a language package.
43332 This necessary for some document classes for scientific articles.
43335 \begin_layout Standard
43336 Here is a list with the important encodings:
43339 \begin_layout Description
43341 \begin_inset space ~
43345 \begin_inset space ~
43349 \begin_inset space ~
43356 , but the LaTeX-package
43361 \begin_inset Index idx
43364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43365 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43371 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
43372 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
43373 languages in TeX code.
43376 \begin_layout Description
43377 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
43378 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
43379 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
43382 \begin_layout Description
43384 \begin_inset space ~
43388 \begin_inset space ~
43391 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
43394 \begin_layout Description
43396 \begin_inset space ~
43400 \begin_inset space ~
43403 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
43406 \begin_layout Description
43408 \begin_inset space ~
43411 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
43414 \begin_layout Description
43416 \begin_inset space ~
43420 \begin_inset space ~
43423 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
43424 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
43427 \begin_layout Description
43429 \begin_inset space ~
43433 \begin_inset space ~
43436 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
43440 \begin_layout Description
43442 \begin_inset space ~
43446 \begin_inset space ~
43449 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
43450 ISO-8859-13 encoding
43453 \begin_layout Description
43455 \begin_inset space ~
43459 \begin_inset space ~
43463 \begin_inset space ~
43466 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
43467 \begin_inset space ~
43473 \begin_layout Description
43475 \begin_inset space ~
43479 \begin_inset space ~
43483 \begin_inset space ~
43486 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
43487 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
43490 \begin_layout Description
43492 \begin_inset space ~
43496 \begin_inset space ~
43499 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
43500 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
43501 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43502 \begin_inset space ~
43506 \begin_inset space ~
43512 \begin_layout Description
43514 \begin_inset space ~
43518 \begin_inset space ~
43521 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
43522 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
43523 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
43524 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43525 \begin_inset space ~
43529 \begin_inset space ~
43535 \begin_layout Description
43537 \begin_inset space ~
43541 \begin_inset space ~
43544 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
43547 \begin_layout Description
43549 \begin_inset space ~
43553 \begin_inset space ~
43556 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
43559 \begin_layout Description
43561 \begin_inset space ~
43565 \begin_inset space ~
43568 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
43571 \begin_layout Description
43573 \begin_inset space ~
43576 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
43579 \begin_layout Description
43581 \begin_inset space ~
43584 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
43587 \begin_layout Description
43589 \begin_inset space ~
43593 \begin_inset space ~
43596 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
43599 \begin_layout Description
43601 \begin_inset space ~
43605 \begin_inset space ~
43611 \begin_layout Description
43613 \begin_inset space ~
43617 \begin_inset space ~
43620 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
43623 \begin_layout Description
43625 \begin_inset space ~
43629 \begin_inset space ~
43635 \begin_layout Description
43637 \begin_inset space ~
43641 \begin_inset space ~
43644 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43649 \begin_inset Index idx
43652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43653 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
43658 , when using this, set the document language to
43663 \begin_layout Description
43665 \begin_inset space ~
43669 \begin_inset space ~
43672 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43676 , when using this, set the document language to
43679 \begin_inset space ~
43685 \begin_layout Description
43687 \begin_inset space ~
43691 \begin_inset space ~
43694 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43699 \begin_inset Index idx
43702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43703 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
43708 , when using this, set the document language to
43713 \begin_layout Description
43715 \begin_inset space ~
43719 \begin_inset space ~
43722 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43726 , when using this, set the document language to
43731 \begin_layout Description
43733 \begin_inset space ~
43737 \begin_inset space ~
43740 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43744 , when using this, set the document language to
43749 \begin_layout Description
43751 \begin_inset space ~
43754 (EUC-KR) for Korean
43757 \begin_layout Description
43759 \begin_inset space ~
43763 \begin_inset space ~
43767 \begin_inset space ~
43770 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
43773 \begin_layout Description
43775 \begin_inset space ~
43779 \begin_inset space ~
43783 \begin_inset space ~
43786 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
43787 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
43788 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
43791 \begin_layout Description
43793 \begin_inset space ~
43797 \begin_inset space ~
43803 \begin_layout Description
43805 \begin_inset space ~
43809 \begin_inset space ~
43812 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
43813 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
43816 \begin_layout Description
43818 \begin_inset space ~
43822 \begin_inset space ~
43825 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
43830 \begin_inset Index idx
43833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43834 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
43839 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
43842 \begin_layout Description
43844 \begin_inset space ~
43848 \begin_inset space ~
43851 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
43859 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
43864 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
43866 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
43869 \begin_layout Description
43871 \begin_inset space ~
43875 \begin_inset space ~
43878 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
43883 \begin_inset Index idx
43886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43887 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
43892 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
43895 \begin_layout Description
43897 \begin_inset space ~
43900 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
43905 \begin_inset Index idx
43908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43909 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43915 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
43919 \begin_layout Description
43921 \begin_inset space ~
43925 \begin_inset space ~
43929 \begin_inset space ~
43932 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
43933 \begin_inset space ~
43939 \begin_layout Description
43941 \begin_inset space ~
43945 \begin_inset space ~
43949 \begin_inset space ~
43952 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
43953 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
43954 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
43958 \begin_layout Description
43960 \begin_inset space ~
43964 \begin_inset space ~
43968 \begin_inset space ~
43971 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
43972 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
43975 \begin_layout Standard
43976 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
43979 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43980 LatexCommand formatted
43981 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
43985 for more information on the language package.
43988 \begin_layout Section
43990 \begin_inset Index idx
43993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44000 \begin_inset Index idx
44003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44012 \begin_layout Standard
44013 Here you can alter the font color for the main text (default: black) and
44015 \begin_inset space ~
44018 out notes (default: light grey).
44023 sets the color back to the default.
44026 \begin_layout Standard
44027 You can also change the background color for the pages (default: white)
44029 \begin_inset space ~
44032 boxes (default: red).
44035 \begin_layout Standard
44036 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44040 The colors are not shown within LyX, only in the output.
44042 \begin_inset space ~
44045 out note appears blue in the output.)
44053 \begin_layout Standard
44054 Note, if you change the main text font color and use the option
44057 \begin_inset space ~
44062 in the document settings under
44065 \begin_inset space ~
44070 , you probably also need to change the link font color by using
44073 \begin_inset space ~
44081 \begin_inset space ~
44087 For example the option
44090 \begin_layout Standard
44096 \begin_layout Standard
44097 sets the link text color to black.
44098 For more information, see the manual of the LaTeX-package
44103 \begin_inset Index idx
44106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44107 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
44113 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
44122 \begin_layout Standard
44123 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
44129 \begin_layout Standard
44130 You can adapt the main text font color and the page background for every
44131 page in your document if you use these commands as TeX
44132 \begin_inset space ~
44135 Code behind a forced page break:
44138 \begin_layout Itemize
44139 For the page color:
44140 \begin_inset Newline newline
44147 pagecolor{color name}
44150 \begin_layout Itemize
44151 For the text color:
44152 \begin_inset Newline newline
44162 \begin_layout Standard
44163 The color name can hereby be one of these:
44196 \begin_inset Newline newline
44199 If you have changed a text or background color, you can use them under the
44203 \begin_layout Itemize
44204 For the page background color:
44205 \begin_inset Newline newline
44210 page_backgroundcolor
44213 \begin_layout Itemize
44214 For the main text color:
44215 \begin_inset Newline newline
44223 \begin_layout Itemize
44225 \begin_inset space ~
44228 box background color:
44229 \begin_inset Newline newline
44237 \begin_layout Itemize
44239 \begin_inset space ~
44242 out note text color:
44243 \begin_inset Newline newline
44251 \begin_layout Standard
44252 How to define and use custom colors, see section
44255 \begin_inset space ~
44263 \begin_inset space ~
44271 \begin_layout Section
44275 \begin_layout Standard
44276 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
44277 depth in the table of contents as described in section
44278 \begin_inset space ~
44282 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44284 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
44291 \begin_layout Section
44295 \begin_layout Standard
44296 Here you can specify a citation style using the LaTeX packages
44301 \begin_inset Index idx
44304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44305 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
44315 \begin_inset Index idx
44318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44319 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
44325 You can enable a sectioned bibliography using the LaTeX package
44330 \begin_inset Index idx
44333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44334 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
44339 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
44341 For a further description see section
44342 \begin_inset space ~
44346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44348 reference "sec:Bibliography"
44355 \begin_layout Section
44359 \begin_layout Standard
44360 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
44361 and you can define additional indexes.
44362 Please refer to section
44363 \begin_inset space ~
44367 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44369 reference "sec:Index"
44376 \begin_layout Section
44380 \begin_layout Standard
44381 The PDF properties are explained in section
44382 \begin_inset space ~
44386 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44388 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
44395 \begin_layout Section
44399 \begin_layout Standard
44400 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
44405 \begin_inset Index idx
44408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44409 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
44419 \begin_inset Index idx
44422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44423 LaTeX-packages ! esint
44433 \begin_inset Index idx
44436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44437 LaTeX-packages ! mathdots
44447 \begin_inset Index idx
44450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44451 LaTeX-packages ! mhchem
44456 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
44459 \begin_layout Description
44460 amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
44461 ensure that you have enabled
44464 \begin_inset space ~
44472 \begin_layout Description
44473 esint is used for special integral characters, see section
44476 \begin_inset space ~
44488 \begin_layout Description
44489 mathdots is used for special ellipses, see section
44500 \begin_layout Description
44501 mhchem is used for chemical equations, see section
44503 Chemical Symbols and Equations
44512 \begin_layout Section
44516 \begin_layout Standard
44517 The float placement options are described in section
44520 \begin_inset space ~
44528 \begin_inset space ~
44536 \begin_layout Section
44540 \begin_layout Standard
44541 The listings settings are explained in chapter
44543 Program Code Listings
44548 \begin_inset space ~
44556 \begin_layout Section
44560 \begin_layout Standard
44561 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
44562 The itemize environment is described in section
44563 \begin_inset space ~
44567 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44569 reference "sec:Itemize"
44576 \begin_layout Section
44580 \begin_layout Standard
44581 Branches are described in section
44582 \begin_inset space ~
44586 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44588 reference "sec:Branches"
44595 \begin_layout Section
44597 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44599 name "sec:Doc-Output"
44606 \begin_layout Standard
44607 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
44610 \begin_layout Description
44612 \begin_inset space ~
44616 \begin_inset space ~
44619 Format: The format that is used when you hit
44620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44632 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44636 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44639 View Master Document
44640 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44647 Update Master Document
44648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44655 menu or the toolbar.
44656 The default is set in
44658 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44659 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44663 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44667 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44668 LatexCommand formatted
44669 reference "sec:File-Formats"
44676 \begin_layout Description
44678 \begin_inset space ~
44682 \begin_inset space ~
44685 Output settings for the menu
44687 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44689 \begin_inset space ~
44695 For a detailed description see section
44697 Reverse DVI/PDF search
44702 \begin_inset space ~
44710 \begin_layout Description
44712 \begin_inset space ~
44716 \begin_inset space ~
44719 Options settings for the export format
44727 \begin_inset space ~
44732 will assure that the output follows exactly version
44733 \begin_inset space ~
44736 1.1 of the XHTML standard.
44740 \begin_inset space ~
44745 settings are described in detail in section
44747 Math Output in XHTML
44752 \begin_inset space ~
44758 The scaling is used for the size of equations in the output.
44761 \begin_layout Section
44766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44776 \begin_layout Standard
44777 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
44778 to define LaTeX-commands.
44779 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
44780 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
44784 \begin_layout Standard
44785 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
44786 \begin_inset space ~
44790 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44792 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
44799 \begin_layout Chapter
44805 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44807 name "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
44812 \begin_inset Index idx
44815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44824 \begin_layout Standard
44825 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
44827 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44831 It has the following submenus.
44834 \begin_layout Section
44838 \begin_layout Subsection
44842 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44843 User Interface File
44844 \begin_inset Index idx
44847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44848 Customization ! of toolbars
44854 \begin_inset Index idx
44857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44858 Customization ! of menus
44866 \begin_layout Standard
44867 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44875 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
44884 \begin_layout Standard
44885 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
44886 interface (ui) file.
44887 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
44888 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
44897 Both files are loaded by the
44902 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
44903 files and edit the entries.
44906 \begin_layout Standard
44907 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
44919 entries must be ended with an explicit
44944 and in the case of the
44945 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44957 The syntax for the entries is:
44960 \begin_layout Standard
44961 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44983 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44989 \begin_layout Standard
44991 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44994 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
44996 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44998 \begin_inset space ~
45006 \begin_layout Standard
45007 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
45013 \begin_layout Standard
45014 An example: Assuming you use the menu
45016 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45019 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
45023 \begin_layout Standard
45024 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45048 \begin_layout Standard
45050 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45053 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
45056 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45060 \begin_layout Standard
45063 Enable tool tips in main work area
45065 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
45069 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45073 \begin_layout Standard
45077 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45081 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45084 restoring of window layout and geometries
45086 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
45087 in the last LyX session.
45090 \begin_layout Standard
45093 Restore cursor positions
45095 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
45099 \begin_layout Standard
45102 Load opened files from last session
45104 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
45107 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45109 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45111 name "sub:Backup documents"
45116 \begin_inset Index idx
45119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45128 \begin_layout Standard
45133 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
45136 \begin_layout Standard
45141 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
45144 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45146 \begin_inset space ~
45154 \begin_layout Standard
45157 Open documents in tabs
45159 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
45163 \begin_layout Subsection
45165 \begin_inset Index idx
45168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45175 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45177 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
45184 \begin_layout Standard
45185 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
45188 \begin_layout Standard
45189 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45197 This section only deals with the fonts
45202 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
45205 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45206 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45217 \begin_layout Standard
45218 By default, LyX uses
45222 as roman (serif) font,
45230 (depends on the system) as
45233 \begin_inset space ~
45249 \begin_layout Standard
45250 You can change the font size with the
45255 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
45256 current LyX session by pressing
45260 and scrolling the mouse wheel.
45263 \begin_layout Standard
45268 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
45269 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
45271 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45274 points have the size of 1
45275 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45279 \begin_inset space ~
45283 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45285 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
45292 \begin_layout Standard
45297 are the same as if a document font size of 10
45298 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45302 The sizes are explained in detail in section
45303 \begin_inset space ~
45307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45309 reference "sub:Document-Font"
45316 \begin_layout Standard
45319 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
45321 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
45322 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
45323 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
45324 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
45326 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
45327 \begin_inset space ~
45333 \begin_layout Subsection
45335 \begin_inset Index idx
45338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45345 \begin_inset Index idx
45348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45357 \begin_layout Standard
45358 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
45359 Choose an item in the list and use the
45366 \begin_layout Subsection
45368 \begin_inset Index idx
45371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45380 \begin_layout Standard
45381 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
45384 \begin_layout Standard
45389 enables previewing snippets of your document.
45390 This feature is described in section
45391 \begin_inset space ~
45395 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45397 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
45404 \begin_layout Standard
45408 \begin_inset space ~
45412 \begin_inset space ~
45416 \begin_inset space ~
45421 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
45424 \begin_layout Section
45426 \begin_inset Index idx
45429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45438 \begin_layout Subsection
45442 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45446 \begin_layout Standard
45449 Cursor follows scrollbar
45451 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
45455 \begin_layout Standard
45456 You can adjust the thickness of the cursor with the
45461 If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
45462 to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
45465 \begin_layout Standard
45468 Sort environments alphabetically
45470 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
45473 \begin_layout Standard
45476 Group environments by their category
45478 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
45481 \begin_layout Standard
45482 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
45494 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45498 \begin_layout Standard
45499 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
45504 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
45505 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
45509 \begin_layout Subsection
45511 \begin_inset Index idx
45514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45521 \begin_inset Index idx
45524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45525 Settings ! Shortcuts
45533 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45537 \begin_layout Standard
45538 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
45539 Several binding files are available:
45542 \begin_layout Description
45543 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
45546 \begin_layout Description
45547 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
45558 \begin_layout Description
45559 mac.bind set of bindings for
45562 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45570 \begin_layout Standard
45571 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
45575 , and bind files for special languages.
45576 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
45577 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45581 \begin_inset space \space{}
45585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45593 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
45597 \begin_layout Standard
45598 Some bind-files, like
45602 , have only a small scope.
45603 When looking at the end of the file
45607 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
45610 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45612 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45614 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
45619 \begin_inset Index idx
45622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45623 Key Bindings ! Editing
45631 \begin_layout Standard
45632 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
45633 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
45634 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
45637 Show key-bindings containing
45640 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
45641 Insert there for example as keyword
45642 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45649 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
45651 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45659 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
45660 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
45664 that you will find in the
45671 \begin_layout Standard
45673 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45677 \begin_inset space \space{}
45688 , select the function and press the
45693 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
45694 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
45695 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
45696 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
45697 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
45699 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
45701 The binding for the function
45705 is an example of this.
45708 \begin_layout Standard
45709 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
45711 The syntax of the entries is:
45714 \begin_layout Standard
45720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45738 \begin_layout Subsection
45740 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45742 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
45747 \begin_inset Index idx
45750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45757 \begin_inset Index idx
45760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45761 Settings ! Keyboard Map
45769 \begin_layout Standard
45770 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
45771 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
45773 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45777 \begin_inset space \space{}
45780 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
45781 can use the keyboard map file named
45788 \begin_layout Standard
45789 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45797 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
45805 \begin_layout Standard
45806 Besides this, you can specify here the
45808 Wheel scrolling speed
45811 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
45815 \begin_layout Subsection
45817 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45819 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
45824 \begin_inset Index idx
45827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45836 \begin_layout Standard
45837 Input completion is described in sec.
45838 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45842 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45844 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
45849 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
45851 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
45852 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
45856 \begin_layout Section
45858 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45865 \begin_inset Index idx
45868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45875 \begin_inset Index idx
45878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45887 \begin_layout Description
45889 \begin_inset space ~
45892 directory This is LyX's working directory.
45893 It is the default when you
45904 \begin_inset space ~
45912 \begin_layout Description
45914 \begin_inset space ~
45917 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
45919 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45921 \begin_inset space ~
45925 \begin_inset space ~
45933 \begin_layout Description
45935 \begin_inset space ~
45938 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
45944 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45948 \begin_inset Newline newline
45952 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45964 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
45972 \begin_layout Description
45974 \begin_inset space ~
45978 \begin_inset Index idx
45981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45987 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
45988 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
45989 \begin_inset space ~
45993 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45995 reference "sub:Backup documents"
46003 will be used to save the backups.
46004 \begin_inset Newline newline
46007 The backup files have the ending
46008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46018 \begin_layout Description
46023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46030 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
46031 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
46032 \begin_inset Newline newline
46039 : You add a BibTeX-database test.bib to your document.
46040 You can edit this file with the program
46049 you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under
46052 \begin_inset space ~
46058 If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
46063 and click on the LyX-symbol.
46064 The entry will now be inserted as citation at the current cursor position
46070 and LyX need of course to be run the same time.
46071 \begin_inset Newline newline
46075 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46083 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
46091 \begin_layout Description
46093 \begin_inset space ~
46096 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
46099 \begin_layout Description
46101 \begin_inset space ~
46104 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
46105 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
46106 to find it on the system.
46107 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
46108 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
46110 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46114 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46117 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
46118 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
46122 \begin_layout Section
46126 \begin_layout Standard
46127 Here you can insert your name and email address.
46128 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
46130 \begin_inset space ~
46134 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46136 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
46140 , to mark changes you make as yours.
46143 \begin_layout Section
46145 \begin_inset Index idx
46148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46149 Language ! Settings
46155 \begin_inset Index idx
46158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46159 Settings ! Language
46167 \begin_layout Subsection
46169 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46171 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
46178 \begin_layout Description
46180 \begin_inset space ~
46184 \begin_inset space ~
46187 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
46188 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
46189 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
46190 You find the actual translation status here:
46191 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46193 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
46194 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
46201 \begin_layout Description
46203 \begin_inset space ~
46206 language is the language used in new documents
46209 \begin_layout Description
46211 \begin_inset space ~
46214 package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
46216 Language issues which are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
46217 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
46218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46230 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46234 The most widespread language package is
46239 \begin_inset Index idx
46242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46243 LaTeX-packages ! babel
46248 , it is the default language package in classic LaTeX.
46249 However, more recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come
46250 with the alternative language package
46255 \begin_inset Index idx
46258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46259 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
46264 that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
46265 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
46267 The available selections are described in sec.
46268 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46272 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46274 reference "sec:Language-encodings"
46281 \begin_layout Description
46283 \begin_inset space ~
46287 \begin_inset space ~
46290 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
46294 \begin_layout Description
46296 \begin_inset space ~
46299 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
46300 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
46301 An example is the start command
46307 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
46312 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
46327 selectlanguage{$$lang}
46332 \begin_layout Description
46334 \begin_inset space ~
46342 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
46343 command toggles the package on and off.
46346 \begin_layout Description
46348 \begin_inset space ~
46352 \begin_inset space ~
46355 globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
46356 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
46357 used by all LaTeX-packages.
46358 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
46365 \begin_layout Description
46367 \begin_inset space ~
46370 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
46372 When this option is not set, the
46375 \begin_inset space ~
46380 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
46381 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
46384 \begin_inset space ~
46392 \begin_layout Description
46394 \begin_inset space ~
46400 \begin_inset space ~
46406 When it is not set, the
46409 \begin_inset space ~
46414 is set to the end of the document.
46417 \begin_layout Description
46419 \begin_inset space ~
46423 \begin_inset space ~
46426 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
46427 language will be underlined blue.
46430 \begin_layout Description
46432 \begin_inset space ~
46436 \begin_inset space ~
46439 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
46440 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
46443 \begin_layout Description
46445 \begin_inset space ~
46448 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
46449 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
46450 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
46451 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
46454 \begin_layout Subsection
46458 \begin_layout Standard
46459 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
46460 \begin_inset space ~
46464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46466 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
46473 \begin_layout Section
46477 \begin_layout Subsection
46479 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46486 \begin_inset Index idx
46489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46496 \begin_inset Index idx
46499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46508 \begin_layout Description
46510 \begin_inset space ~
46513 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
46514 The name will be used when the
46519 \begin_inset Newline newline
46523 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46531 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
46539 \begin_layout Description
46541 \begin_inset space ~
46544 command is the command LyX
46545 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46549 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46552 LaTeX uses for printing.
46553 The default is on most systems
46560 \begin_layout Description
46562 \begin_inset space ~
46566 \begin_inset space ~
46569 Options Here you can specify printer options.
46570 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
46571 of the program that provides the
46578 \begin_layout Description
46580 \begin_inset space ~
46584 \begin_inset space ~
46588 \begin_inset space ~
46591 printer This option works only for the
46596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46608 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
46609 This is an option only for dvips experts.
46612 \begin_layout Subsection
46614 \begin_inset Index idx
46617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46624 \begin_inset Index idx
46627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46628 Settings ! Date format
46636 \begin_layout Standard
46637 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
46638 \begin_inset Newline newline
46642 \begin_inset Flex URL
46645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46647 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
46653 \begin_inset Newline newline
46656 For example the format
46657 \begin_inset Newline newline
46661 \begin_inset Newline newline
46664 prints the date as day/month/year.
46667 \begin_layout Subsection
46671 \begin_layout Description
46673 \begin_inset space ~
46677 \begin_inset space ~
46680 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
46683 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46684 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46686 \begin_inset space ~
46692 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
46696 \begin_layout Description
46698 \begin_inset space ~
46701 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
46706 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
46707 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
46710 \begin_layout Subsection
46715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46723 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46725 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
46730 \begin_inset Index idx
46733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46742 \begin_layout Description
46744 \begin_inset space ~
46751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46759 \begin_inset space ~
46763 \begin_inset space ~
46766 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
46771 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
46793 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
46794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46806 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
46807 LyX sets up in the background.
46808 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
46811 \begin_layout Description
46813 \begin_inset space ~
46817 \begin_inset space ~
46820 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
46825 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
46828 \begin_layout Standard
46829 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
46830 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
46831 manuals of the applications.
46832 Currently the following commands can be set:
46835 \begin_layout Description
46840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46848 \begin_inset space ~
46851 command Command for the program
46855 that is described in the section
46861 Additional Features
46866 \begin_layout Description
46871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46879 \begin_inset space ~
46882 command Command for the program
46886 that generates the bibliography, see section
46887 \begin_inset space ~
46891 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46893 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
46900 \begin_layout Description
46902 \begin_inset space ~
46905 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
46906 \begin_inset space ~
46910 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46912 reference "sub:Index-Program"
46919 \begin_layout Description
46921 \begin_inset space ~
46924 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
46925 \begin_inset space ~
46929 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46931 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
46938 \begin_layout Description
46940 \begin_inset space ~
46944 \begin_inset space ~
46948 \begin_inset space ~
46952 \begin_inset space ~
46955 options They only have an effect when the program
46959 is used as DVI-viewer.
46962 \begin_layout Standard
46963 There are additionally the following options:
46966 \begin_layout Description
46968 \begin_inset space ~
46972 \begin_inset space ~
46976 \begin_inset space ~
46980 \begin_inset space ~
46984 \begin_inset space ~
46987 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
46988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47002 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47005 to separate folders.
47006 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
47007 \begin_inset Index idx
47010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47017 \begin_inset Index idx
47020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47029 \begin_layout Description
47031 \begin_inset space ~
47035 \begin_inset space ~
47039 \begin_inset space ~
47043 \begin_inset space ~
47047 \begin_inset space ~
47051 \begin_inset space ~
47054 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
47056 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47059 dialog when changing the document class.
47062 \begin_layout Section
47064 \begin_inset space ~
47068 \begin_inset Index idx
47071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47080 \begin_layout Subsection
47082 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47084 name "sub:Converters"
47089 \begin_inset Index idx
47092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47101 \begin_layout Standard
47102 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
47103 from one format to another.
47104 You can modify them or create new ones.
47105 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
47112 \begin_inset space ~
47122 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
47126 \begin_inset space ~
47131 drop-down list, modify the
47135 field, and press the
47142 \begin_layout Standard
47145 Converter File Cache
47147 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
47150 Maximum Age (in days
47153 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
47154 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
47157 \begin_layout Standard
47158 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
47159 the converter definition, is described in the section
47170 \begin_layout Subsection
47172 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47174 name "sec:File-Formats"
47179 \begin_inset Index idx
47182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47189 \begin_inset Index idx
47192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47201 \begin_layout Standard
47202 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
47203 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
47207 \begin_layout Standard
47208 Furthermore, you can define the
47209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47212 Default output format
47213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47216 that is used when you hit
47217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47236 View Master Document
47237 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47244 Update Master Document
47245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47248 in the Edit menu or the toolbar.
47251 \begin_layout Standard
47252 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
47253 is described in the section
47264 \begin_layout Standard
47265 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
47266 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
47267 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
47268 This is done by specifying a
47273 More about this is described in the section
47284 \begin_layout Chapter
47285 Units available in LyX
47286 \begin_inset Index idx
47289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47296 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47298 name "cha:Units-available-in"
47305 \begin_layout Standard
47306 To understand the units described in this documentation,
47307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47309 reference "cap:Units"
47313 explains all units available in LyX.
47316 \begin_layout Standard
47317 \begin_inset Float table
47323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47324 \begin_inset Caption
47326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47327 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47342 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
47348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47350 \begin_inset Tabular
47351 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
47352 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
47353 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
47354 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
47356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47450 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47454 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47478 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47482 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47505 scaled point (65536
47506 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47510 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47534 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47538 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47562 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47566 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
47570 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47594 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47598 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47621 % of original image width
47628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47810 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47814 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47835 \begin_layout Chapter
47837 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47846 \begin_layout Standard
47847 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
47848 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
47851 \begin_layout Itemize
47854 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
47857 \begin_layout Itemize
47863 \begin_layout Itemize
47869 \begin_layout Itemize
47875 \begin_layout Itemize
47881 \begin_layout Itemize
47887 \begin_layout Itemize
47893 \begin_layout Itemize
47899 \begin_layout Itemize
47902 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
47905 \begin_layout Itemize
47911 \begin_layout Itemize
47917 \begin_layout Itemize
47923 \begin_layout Itemize
47929 \begin_layout Itemize
47935 \begin_layout Itemize
47941 \begin_layout Itemize
47947 \begin_layout Itemize
47953 \begin_layout Itemize
47955 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
47964 \begin_layout Standard
47965 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
47968 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
47975 \begin_layout Bibliography
47976 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47977 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47978 LatexCommand bibitem
47985 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47988 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
47993 \begin_inset Newline newline
47997 \begin_inset Flex URL
48000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48002 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
48010 \begin_layout Bibliography
48011 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48012 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48013 LatexCommand bibitem
48014 key "latexcompanion"
48018 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
48020 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
48023 Addison-Wesley, 2004
48026 \begin_layout Bibliography
48027 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48028 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48029 LatexCommand bibitem
48034 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
48037 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
48040 Addison-Wesley, 2003
48043 \begin_layout Bibliography
48044 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48045 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48046 LatexCommand bibitem
48053 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
48056 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
48059 \begin_layout Bibliography
48060 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48061 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48062 LatexCommand bibitem
48074 Addison-Wesley, 1984
48077 \begin_layout Bibliography
48078 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48079 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48080 LatexCommand bibitem
48086 \begin_inset Newline newline
48090 \begin_inset Flex URL
48093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48095 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
48103 \begin_layout Bibliography
48104 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48105 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48106 LatexCommand bibitem
48112 \begin_inset Newline newline
48116 \begin_inset Flex URL
48119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48121 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
48129 \begin_layout Bibliography
48130 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48131 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48132 LatexCommand bibitem
48138 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48140 name "Documentation"
48141 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
48150 \begin_inset Newline newline
48154 \begin_inset Flex URL
48157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48159 http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
48167 \begin_layout Bibliography
48168 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48169 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48170 LatexCommand bibitem
48176 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48178 name "Documentation"
48179 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
48183 how to use the program
48188 \begin_inset Newline newline
48192 \begin_inset Flex URL
48195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48197 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
48205 \begin_layout Bibliography
48206 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48207 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48208 LatexCommand bibitem
48214 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48216 name "Documentation"
48217 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
48226 \begin_inset Newline newline
48230 \begin_inset Flex URL
48233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48235 http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
48243 \begin_layout Bibliography
48244 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48245 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48246 LatexCommand bibitem
48252 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48254 name "Documentation"
48255 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
48264 \begin_inset Newline newline
48268 \begin_inset Flex URL
48271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48273 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
48281 \begin_layout Bibliography
48282 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48283 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48284 LatexCommand bibitem
48290 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48292 name "Documentation"
48293 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
48297 of the LaTeX-package
48302 \begin_inset Index idx
48305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48306 LaTeX-packages ! caption
48312 \begin_inset Newline newline
48316 \begin_inset Flex URL
48319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48321 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
48329 \begin_layout Bibliography
48330 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48331 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48332 LatexCommand bibitem
48338 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48340 name "Documentation"
48341 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
48345 of the LaTeX-package
48350 \begin_inset Index idx
48353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48354 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
48360 \begin_inset Newline newline
48364 \begin_inset Flex URL
48367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48369 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
48377 \begin_layout Bibliography
48378 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48379 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48380 LatexCommand bibitem
48386 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48388 name "Documentation"
48389 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
48393 of the LaTeX-package
48398 \begin_inset Index idx
48401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48402 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
48408 \begin_inset Newline newline
48412 \begin_inset Flex URL
48415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48417 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
48425 \begin_layout Bibliography
48426 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48427 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48428 LatexCommand bibitem
48436 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48438 name "Documentation"
48439 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
48445 of the LaTeX-package
48450 \begin_inset Index idx
48453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48454 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
48460 \begin_inset Newline newline
48464 \begin_inset Flex URL
48467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48469 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
48477 \begin_layout Bibliography
48478 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48479 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48480 LatexCommand bibitem
48486 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48488 name "Documentation"
48489 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
48493 of the LaTeX-package
48498 \begin_inset Index idx
48501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48502 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
48508 \begin_inset Newline newline
48512 \begin_inset Flex URL
48515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48517 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
48525 \begin_layout Bibliography
48526 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48527 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48528 LatexCommand bibitem
48534 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48536 name "Documentation"
48537 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf"
48541 of the LaTeX-package
48546 \begin_inset Index idx
48549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48550 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
48556 \begin_inset Newline newline
48560 \begin_inset Flex URL
48563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48565 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf
48573 \begin_layout Bibliography
48574 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48575 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48576 LatexCommand bibitem
48582 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48584 name "Documentation"
48585 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf"
48589 of the LaTeX-package
48594 \begin_inset Index idx
48597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48598 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
48604 \begin_inset Newline newline
48608 \begin_inset Flex URL
48611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48613 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
48621 \begin_layout Bibliography
48622 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48623 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48624 LatexCommand bibitem
48630 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48632 name "Documentation"
48633 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
48637 of the LaTeX-package
48642 \begin_inset Index idx
48645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48646 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
48652 \begin_inset Newline newline
48656 \begin_inset Flex URL
48659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48661 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
48669 \begin_layout Bibliography
48670 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48671 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48672 LatexCommand bibitem
48678 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48681 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
48685 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
48686 \begin_inset Newline newline
48690 \begin_inset Flex URL
48693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48695 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
48703 \begin_layout Bibliography
48704 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48705 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48706 LatexCommand bibitem
48712 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48715 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
48719 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
48720 \begin_inset Newline newline
48724 \begin_inset Flex URL
48727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48729 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
48737 \begin_layout Bibliography
48738 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48739 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48740 LatexCommand bibitem
48746 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48749 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
48753 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
48754 \begin_inset Newline newline
48758 \begin_inset Flex URL
48761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48763 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
48771 \begin_layout Bibliography
48772 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48773 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48774 LatexCommand bibitem
48780 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48783 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
48787 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
48788 \begin_inset Newline newline
48792 \begin_inset Flex URL
48795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48797 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
48805 \begin_layout Bibliography
48806 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48807 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48808 LatexCommand bibitem
48814 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48817 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
48821 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
48822 \begin_inset Newline newline
48826 \begin_inset Flex URL
48829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48831 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
48839 \begin_layout Bibliography
48840 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48841 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48842 LatexCommand bibitem
48848 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48851 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
48855 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
48856 \begin_inset Newline newline
48860 \begin_inset Flex URL
48863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48865 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
48873 \begin_layout Bibliography
48874 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48875 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48876 LatexCommand bibitem
48882 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48885 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
48889 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
48890 \begin_inset Newline newline
48894 \begin_inset Flex URL
48897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48899 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
48907 \begin_layout Bibliography
48908 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48909 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48910 LatexCommand bibitem
48916 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48919 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
48923 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
48924 \begin_inset Newline newline
48928 \begin_inset Flex URL
48931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48933 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
48941 \begin_layout Bibliography
48942 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48943 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48944 LatexCommand bibitem
48950 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48953 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
48957 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
48958 \begin_inset Newline newline
48962 \begin_inset Flex URL
48965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48967 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
48975 \begin_layout Bibliography
48976 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48977 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48978 LatexCommand bibitem
48984 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48987 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
48991 about new features in
48996 \begin_inset Newline newline
49000 \begin_inset Flex URL
49003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49005 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
49013 \begin_layout Standard
49014 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
49021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49048 \begin_inset Note Note
49051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49058 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
49059 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
49060 bibliography is the second one:
49068 \begin_layout Standard
49069 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
49070 LatexCommand bibtex
49071 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
49072 options "biblio/alphadin"
49079 \begin_layout Standard
49080 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
49083 \begin_layout Standard
49084 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
49085 LatexCommand printnomenclature
49091 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
49092 LatexCommand printindex